p139 - en - M - A88 - Vol2-353 Page Connection PDF

MiCOM P139
Feeder Management
and Bay Control
Version: -304/306/307 -
405/406/407/408/409/410/411/412/413 -
605/611/612
Technical Manual
Volume 2 of 2
P139/EN M/A88
Contains:
V605 P139/EN M/B33 (AFSV.12.09450.D)
V611 P139/EN AD/A77 (AFSV.12.09690.D)
V612 P139/EN AD/A88 (AFSV.12.09950 D)
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management
and Bay Control
Version –304 –405/406/407 -605
Technical Manual
Volume 2 of 2
P139/EN M/B33
(AFSV.12.09450 D)
! Warning
When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltage will be present in certain parts of the
equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger
personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.
Before working in the terminal strip area, the device must be isolated. Where stranded conductors
are used, wire end ferrules must be employed.
Proper and safe operation of this device depends on appropriate shipping and handling, proper
storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful operation, maintenance and servicing.
For this reason only qualified personnel may work on or operate this device.
Any modifications to this device must be in accordance with the manual. If any other modification
is made without the express permission of AREVA T&D, it will invalidate the warranty, and may
render the product unsafe.
Qualified Personnel
are individuals who
! are familiar with the installation, commissioning, and operation of the device and of the system to which it is being
connected;
! are able to perform switching operations in accordance with safety engineering standards and are authorized to
energize and de-energize equipment and to isolate, ground, and label it;
! are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering standards;
! are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).
Note
The operating manual for this device gives instructions for its installation, commissioning, and operation. However, the
manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include detailed information on all topics. In the event of
questions or specific problems, do not take any action without proper authorization. Contact the appropriate AREVA
technical sales office and request the necessary information.
Any agreements, commitments, and legal relationships and any obligations on the part of AREVA, including settlement
of warranties, result solely from the applicable purchase contract, which is not affected by the contents of the operating
manual.
Appendix
A Glossary
B List of Signals
C List of Bay Types
D Terminal Connection Diagrams
E Address Lists
(Available as a PDF file only. Not included in the printed manual.)
F Upgrade Documentation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 AP-1

Appendix
(continued)
A Glossary A-1
A1 Function Groups A-1
A2 Modules A-2
A3 Symbols A-3
A4 Examples of Signal Names A-10
A5 Symbols Used A-11
B List of Signals B-1

B1 Internal Signal Names B-1
B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or B-6
IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)
B 2.1 Interoperability B-6
B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) B-6
B 2.1.2 Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-7
B 2.1.3 Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-8
B 2.1.4 Application Layer B-9
B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions B-15
B3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103 B-18
B 3.1 Interoperability B-18
B 3.1.1 Physical Layer B-18
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface B-18
B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface B-18
B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate B-18
B 3.1.2 Link Layer B-19
B 3.1.3 Application Layer B-19
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data B-19
B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU B-19
B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor B-19
Direction
B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction B-19
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction B-20
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor B-21
Direction
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-22
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-23
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction B-25
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction B-25
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction B-26
B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control B-27
Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction B-27
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction B-27
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction B-28
B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions B-29
B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous B-29
AP-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix
(continued)
C List of Bay Types C-1
D1 Terminal Connection Diagrams D-1

D 1.1 Case 40 T D-1
D 1.2 Case 84 T D-13
D 1.3 NCIT Module Connection D-19
D 1.4 RTD Module for PT 100, D-20
Ni 100 or Ni 120
E Address List E-1
E1 Parameters E-3
E 1.1 Device Identification E-3
E 1.2 Configuration Parameters E-14
E 1.3 Function Parameters E-94
E 1.3.1 Global E-94
E 1.3.2 General Functions E-102
E 1.3.3 Parameter Subsets E-182
E 1.3.4 Control E-202
E2 Operation E-226
E 2.1 Cyclic Values E-226
E 2.1.1 Measured Operating Data E-226
E 2.1.2 Physical State Signals E-236
E 2.1.3 Logic State Signals E-261
E 2.2 Control and Testing E-330
E 2.3 Operating Data Recording E-335
E3 Events E-336
E 3.1 Event Counters E-336
E 3.2 Measured Fault Data E-339
E 3.3 Fault Data Acquisition E-343
E4 Selection Tables E-345
E 4.1 Selection Table 'Binary Outputs und LEDs' E-345
E 4.2 Selection Table 'Binary Inputs' E-355
E 4.3 Selection Table K1 E-358
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 AP-3

Appendix
(continued)

E 4.30 Selection Table F 497 E-442
E5 Possible Entries into Memory E-449

E 5.1 Fault Memory E-449
E 5.2 Ground Fault Memory E-456
E 5.3 Overload Memory E-458
E 5.4 Operating Data Memory E-461
E 5.5 Monitoring Signal Memory E-467
F Upgrade Documentation F-1
AP-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix A - Glossary
A1 Function Groups
ARC: Auto-reclosing control
ASC: Automatic synchronism check
CBF: Circuit breaker failure protection
CMD_1: Signale pole commands
COMM1: “Logic” Communication Interface 1
COUNT: Binary counts
DEV01: Device 01 to Device 10
to
DEV10:
DTOC: Definite-time overcurrent protection
DVICE: Device
FT_DA: Fault data acquisition
FT_RC: Fault recording
f<>: Frequency protection
GF_DA: Ground fault data acquisition
GF_RC: Ground fault recording
GFDSS: Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values
I2>: Unbalance protection
IDMT: Inverse-time overcurrent protection
ILOCK: Interlocking logic
INP: Binary input
IRIGB: IRIG-B clock synchronisation
LED: LED indicators
LIMIT: Limit monitoring
LOC: Local control panel
LOGIC: Logic
MAIN: Main function
MCMON: Measuring-circuit monitoring
MEASI: Measured data input
MEASO: Measured data output
MP: Motor protection
MT_RC: Monitoring signal recording
OL_DA: Overload data acquisition
OL_RC: Overload recording
OP_RC: Operating data recording
OUTP: Binary and analog output
P<>: Power directional protection
PC: PC link
PSIG: Protective signaling
PSS: Parameter subset selection
SCDD: Short-circuit direction determination
SFMON: Self-monitoring
SIG_1: Signale pole signals
SOTF: Switch on to fault protection
TGFD: Transient ground fault direction determination
THERM: Thermal overload protection
V<>: Time-voltage protection
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-1

(continued)
A2 Modules
A: Communication module
B: Bus module
L: Local control module
P: Processor module
T: Transformer module
V: Power supply module
X: Binary I/O module
Y: Analog I/O module
A-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
A3 Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams
Binary elements according to DIN 40900 Part 12, September 1992,
IEC 617-12: amended 1991
Analog information processing according to DIN 40900 Part 13, January 1981
To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols have been
used, taken from several DIN documents.
As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom. Other
flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left side of the
signal flow, output signals on the right side.
Symbol Description
To obtain more space for representing a group of

related elements, contours of the elements may be
joined or cascaded if the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose

= common contour line is oriented in the signal flow
direction.
Note:
This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations
with two or more signal flow directions, such as for
symbols with a control block and an output block.
There exists at least one logical link between elements

whose common contour line runs perpendicularly to the
signal flow direction.
Components of a symbol
A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination
and one or more qualifiers.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-3

(continued)
Symbol Description
Control block
A control block contains an input function common to
several symbols. It is used for the collective setting of
several trigger elements, for example.
Output block
An output block contains an output function common
to several symbols.
Settable control block

The four digits represent the address under which the
function shown in the text after the colon may be set
via the local control panel.
Settable control block with function blocks

The digits in the function block show the settings that
are possible at this address.
The text below the symbol shows the setting and the
corresponding unit or meaning.
A-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Symbol Description
Static input
Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
Dynamic input
Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is
effective.
Negation of an output
The value up to the border line is negated at the
output.
Negation of an input
The input value is negated before the border line.
Dynamic input with negation

Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is
effective.
AND element
The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables
are 1.
OR element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input
variable is 1.
Threshold element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input
variables are 1. The number in the symbol may be
replaced by any other number.
(m out of n) element
The output variable will be 1 only if just one input
variable is 1.
The number in the symbol may be replaced by any

other number if the number of inputs is increased or
decreased accordingly.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-5

(continued)
Symbol Description
Delay element
The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs
after a time delay of t1 relative to the corresponding
transition at the input.
The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs
after a time delay of t2 relative to the corresponding
transition at the input.
t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values

(in seconds or strobe ticks).
Monostable flip-flop
The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable
changes to 1. The output variable will remain 1 for
100 ms, independent of the duration of the input
value 1 (non-retriggerable).
Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flip-

flop is retriggerable.
The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be

changed to any other duration.
Analog-digital converter
An analog input signal is converted to a binary
signal.
Subtractor
The output variable is the difference between the two
input variables.
A summing element is obtained by changing the
minus sign to a plus sign at the symbol input.
Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal
exceeds a specific threshold. The output variable
remains 1 until the input signal drops below the
threshold again.
Memory, general
Storage of a binary or analog signal.
A-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Symbol Description
Non-stable flip-flop
When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse
sequence is generated at the output.
The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse

sequence starts with the input variable transition
(synchronized start).
If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence
ends with the ending of the 1 signal at the input
(synchronized stop).
Amplifier
The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is
also 1.
Band pass filter

The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the
input signals. All other frequencies (above and below
50 Hz) are attenuated.
Counter
At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1
are counted and stored in the function block.
At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable
from 0 to 1 resets the counter to 0.
Electromechanical drive
in general, here a relay, for example.
Signal level converter

with electrical isolation between input and output.
L+ = pos. voltage input
L- = neg. voltage input
U1 = device identifier
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-7

(continued)
Symbol Description
Input transformer
with phase and item identifiers
(according to DIN EN 60445)
Phase identifiers for current inputs:

for A: A1 and A2
for B: B1 and B2
for C: C1 and C2
for N: N1 and N2
Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

via transformer 1:
for A: 1U
for B: 1V
for C: 1W
for N: 1N
via transformer 2:
for A: 2U
for B: 2V
Item identifiers for current transformers:

for A: T1
for B: T2
for C: T3
for N: T4
for voltage transformer 1:
for A: T5
for B: T6
for C: T7
for N: T8
for VG-N transformer: T90
for voltage transformer 2:
for A: T15
Change-over contact
with item identifier
Special symbol
Output relay in normally-energized arrangement
(‘closed-circuit operation’).
A-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Symbol Description
PC interface
with pin connections
Multiplier
The output variable is the result of the multiplication
of the two input variables.
Divider
The output variable is the result of the division of
the two input variables.
Comparator
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input
variable(s) are equal to the function in the function
block.
Formula block
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input
variable(s) satisfy the equation in the function block
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-9

(continued)
A4 Examples of Signal Names

All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of
Chapter 3 as follows:
Signal Name Description
! FT_RC: Fault recording n Internal signal names are not coded by a data model
305 100
address. In the block diagrams they are marked with
a diamond. The small figure underneath the signal
name represents a code that is irrelevant to the user.
The internal signal names used and their origins are
listed in Appendix B.
DIST: VNG>> triggered Signal names coded by a data model address are
[ 036 015 ] represented by their address (shown in square
brackets). Their origin is given in Chapters 7 and 8.
MAIN: General reset A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its
[ 003 002 ] signal name, address, and the setting preceded by
!1: Execute the setting arrow.
A-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
A5 Symbols Used
Symbol Meaning
t Time duration
V Voltage, potential difference
V Complex voltage
I Electrical current
I Complex current
Z Complex impedance
Z Modulus of complex impedance
f Frequency
δ Temperature in °C
Σ Sum, result
Ω Unit of electrical resistance
α Angle
ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a

defined current and a defined voltage.
τ Time constant
∆T Temperature difference in K
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-11

A-12 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix B - List of Signals
B 1 Internal Signal Names
Internal signal names are not coded by an external address.

In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond.
Internal Signal Names Figure

IDMT: Starting A 3-129
IDMT: Starting B 3-129
IDMT: Starting C 3-129
IDMT: IN 3-132
ARC: Starting GFDSS 3-159
ARC: Close request 3-164
ARC: HSR not permitted 3-164
ARC: TDR not permitted 3-164
ARC: Block/reset HSR 3-162
ARC: Block/reset TDR 3-162
ARC: HSR trip t. elapsed 3-156, 3-158, 3-159, 3-160, 3-161
ARC: TDR trip t. elapsed 3-157, 3-158, 3-159, 3-160, 3-161
DEV01: Open request 3-273
DEV01: End open command 3-278
DEV01: Open cmd. rejection 3-274
DEV01: Close request 3-273
DEV01: End close command 3-278
DEV01: Close cmd. rejection 3-274
DEV01: Enable BI Open 3-275
DEV01: Enable BI Close 3-275
DEV01: Enable SI Open 3-274
DEV01: Enable SI Close 3-274
DEV01: Switch. device runn. 3-278
DEV01: Protection trip cmd. 3-276
DEV01: Protect. close cmd. 3-276
DEV01: Start runn.time mon. 3-281
DEV01: Latching time elaps. 3-273
DEV01: Latching time runn. 3-273
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-1

(continued)

GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed 3-188
GFDSS: Oper.delay Y(N)> elaps 3-194
GFDSS: IN filtered 3-188
GFDSS: IN> triggered 3-188
GFDSS: P 3-184, 3-190
GFDSS: Q 3-184, 3-190
GFDSS: Direction LS 3-184, 3-190
GFDSS: Direction BS 3-184, 3-190
GFDSS: VNG 3-183
GFDSS: VNG filtered 3-184, 3-190
GFDSS: VNG> triggered 3-184
TGFD: Hardware fault 3-196
TGFD: IN,p> triggered 3-198
TGFD: Reset signal 3-200
TGFD: Direction LS 3-198
TGFD: Direction BS 3-198
TGFD: VNG 3-197
TGFD: VNG> triggered 3-198
TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered 3-198
f<>: No. periods reached 3-232
f<>: fMeas 3-232
f<>: VMeas 3-231
MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> 3-72
MAIN: Starting Ineg 3-71
MAIN: Starting A int. 3-71
MAIN: Starting B int. 3-71
MAIN: Starting C int. 3-71
MAIN: Starting N int. 3-71
MAIN: Customized bay type 3-45
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A 3-107
B-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-107
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP 3-107
MAIN: End command 3-281
MAIN: Block. 1 sel.functions 3-64
MAIN: Block. 2 sel.functions 3-64
MAIN: Block tim.st. IN,neg 3-71
MAIN: Direct motor control 3-45
MAIN: General starting int. 3-72
MAIN: meas 3-107
MAIN: Reset LED 3-83
MAIN: Inrush stabil. trigg 3-62
MAIN: Protection active 3-59
MAIN: Block start. signal 3-71
MAIN: Vmeas 3-107
MAIN: Time tag 3-82
COMM1: Selected protocol 3-10
COMM1: Debounced signal 3-42
COMM1: Communication error 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16
SCDD: Resid. curr.stage bl. 3-142
SCDD: Determin. N enabled 3-142
SCDD: Determin. P enabled 3-138
SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. 3-138
SCDD: Block. direct. tI> 3-140
SCDD: Block. direct. tI>> 3-140
SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> 3-144
SCDD: Block. direct. tIN>> 3-144
SCDD: Block. direct. tkIref> 3-140
SCDD: Block. direct. tkINref> 3-144
MEASO: Enable 3-35
MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. 3-36
MP: St. kP*Iref>/Istup> 3-204
MP: IStUp> 3-209
MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref 3-204
MP: Block. replica THERM 3-209
MP: Machine stopped 3-209
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-3

(continued)

P<>: P 3-236
P<>: P- 3-236
P<>: P+ 3-236
P<>: Q 3-236
P<>: Q- 3-236
P<>: Q+ 3-236
ASC: active 3-172
ASC: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-170
ASC: Close enable DEV01 AC 3-179
ASC: Clos.enable w. block 3-172
ASC: Clos.rej. w. block 3-172
ASC: gen. close request 3-173
ARC: man. close request 3-173
ARC: AC active for DEV01 3-179
ARC: Test 3-173
ARC: VMeas 3-170
FT_DA: Output fault locat. 3-105
FT_DA: Output meas. values 3-105
FT_DA: kG 3-106
FT_DA: A-kG 3-106
FT_DA: IB-kG 3-106
FT_DA: IC-kG 3-106
THERM: Block. by CTA error 3-215, 3-216
THERM: I 3-217
THERM: With CTA 3-215, 3-216
V<>: Vneg 3-225
V<>: Vpos 3-225
V<>: VNG 3-228
DTOC: Starting A 3-114
DTOC: Starting B 3-114
DTOC: Starting C 3-114
DTOC: Starting N 3-119
DTOC: IN> 3-118
DTOC: Pulse prol. runn. 3-121
DTOC: t2 N 3-121
B-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

LOC: Remote & Local 3-8
LOC: Return time select act. 3-2
SOTF: ARC block. by close cm 3-146
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-5

(continued)
B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101

(Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a general definition of the telecontrol
interface for substation control systems.
B 2.1 Interoperability
This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets and other options from which subsets
are to be selected in order to implement specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes
(octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This means that only one value of the
defined parameter is allowed per system. Other parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in
the command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of subsets that are suitable for the given
application. This section combines the parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate
selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system components supplied by different
manufacturers, then it is necessary for all partners to agree on the selected parameters.
The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1Note: The overall definition of a system may also
require individual selection of certain parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual
selection of scaling factors for individually addressable measured values.
B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)
x Point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration
x Multiple point-to-point configuration Multipoint-star configuration
1
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.
B-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 2.1.2 Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction) 3
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
100 bit/s x 2,400 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s
300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s
x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
x 1,200 bit/s 38,400 bit/s
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction) 2
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s
x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
x 1,200 bit/s 38 400 bit/s
2
3
The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be identical.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-7
(continued)
B 2.1.3 Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)
Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used exclusively in this companion
standard.
Link Transmission Procedure Address Field of the Link
x Balanced transmission x Not present

(balanced transmission only)
x Unbalanced transmission x One octet
x Two octets 5
Frame Length x Structured
240 Maximum length L (number of octets) x Unstructured
4
5
Balanced only.
B-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
B 2.1.4 Application Layer6
Transmission mode for application data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is used exclusively in this companion
standard.
Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Two octets 1
Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Structured
x Two octets x Unstructured
x Three octets
Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Two octets (with originator address)
6
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-9
(continued)
Selection of Standard ASDUs
Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <1> = Single-point information M_SP_NA_1
x <2> = Single-point information with time tag M_SP_TA_1
x <3> = Double-point information M_DP_NA_1
x <4> = Double-point information with time tag M_DP_TA_1
x <5> = Step position information M_ST_NA_1
x <6> = Step position information with time tag M_ST_TA_1
x <7> = Bit string of 32 bit M_BO_NA_1
x <8> = Bit string of 32 bit with time tag M_BO_TA_1
x <9> = Measured value, normalized value M_ME_NA_1
x <10> = Measured value, normalized value with time tag M_ME_TA_1
x <11> = Measured value, scaled value M_ME_NB_1
x <12> = Measured value, scaled value with time tag M_ME_TB_1
<13> = Measured value, short floating point value M_ME_NC_1
<14> = Measured value, short floating point value with time tag M_ME_TC_1
x <15> = Integrated totals M_IT_NA_1
x <16> = Integrated totals with time tag M_IT_TA_1
x <17> = Event of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TA_1
x <18> = Packed start events of protection equipment with time tag ME_EP_TB_1
x <19> = Packed output circuit information of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TC_1
B-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
<20> = Packed single-point information with status change detection M_PS_NA_1
<21> = Measured value, normalized value without quality descriptor M_ME_ND_1
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-11

(continued)
Process Information in Monitor Direction 7 (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <45> = Single command C_SC_NA_1
x <46> = Double command C_DC_NA_1
x <47> = Regulating step command C_IT_NA_1
<48> = Set point command, normalized value C_RC_NA_1
<49> = Set point command, scaled value C_SE_NB_1
<50> = Set point command, short floating point value C_SE_NC_1
<51> = Bit string of 32 bit C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
7
Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.
B-12 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <100> = Interrogation command C_IC_NA_1
x <101> = Counter interrogation command C_CI_NA_1
x <102> = Read command C_RD_NA_1
x <103> = Clock synchronization command 8 C_CS_NA_1
x <104> = Test command C_TS_NB_1
<105> = Reset process command C_RP_NC_1
<106> = Delay acquisition command 9 C_CD_NA_1
8
The command procedure is formally processed, but there is no change in the local time in the station.
9
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-13
(continued)
Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <110> = Parameter of measured value, normalized value P_ME_NA_1
x <111> = Parameter of measured value, scaled value P_ME_NB_1
<112> = Parameter of measured value, short floating point value P_ME_NC_1
<113> = Parameter activation P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
<120> = File ready F_FR_NA_1
<121> = Section ready F_SR_NA_1
<122> = Call directory, select file, call file, call section F_SC_NA_1
<123> = Last section, last segment F_LS_NA_1
<124> = Ack file, ack section F_AF_NA_1
<125> = Segment F_SG_NA_1
<126> = Directory F_DR_TA_1
B-14 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions10
Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter)
x Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter)
x Global
x Group 1 x Group 7 x Group 13
x Group 5 x Group 11
x Group 6 x Group 12 Addresses per group have to be defined.
Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter)
x Clock synchronization
10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-15
(continued)
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter)
x Direct command transmission Select and execute command
Direct set point command transmission Select and execute set point command
C_SE ACTTERM used
x No additional definition
Short pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation)
Long pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation)
Persistent output
Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific Parameter)
Counter request x General request counter
x Counter freeze without reset x Request counter group 1
Counter freeze with reset x Request counter group 2
Counter reset x Request counter group 3
Addresses per group have to be specified x Request counter group 4
B-16 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter)
x Threshold value
Smoothing value
Low limit for transmission of measured value
High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter)
Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
File transfer in monitor direction F_FR_NA_1
File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-17

(continued)
B3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103
This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions applicable to the P139.
B 3.1 Interoperability
B 3.1.1 Physical Layer
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface
x EIA RS 485
x No. of loads 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be operated on one line. For detailed
information see EIA RS 485, Section 3.
B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface
x Glass fiber
x Plastic fiber
x F-SMA connector
BFOC/2.5 connector
B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate
x 9,600 bit/s
x 19,200 bit/s
B-18 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.2 Link Layer
There are no selection options for the link layer.
B 3.1.3 Application Layer
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4 is used exclusively in this companion
standard.
B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU
x One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address)
More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU
B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction
B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description
x <0> End of general interrogation
x <0> Time synchronization
x <2> Reset FCB
x <3> Reset CU
x <4> Start / restart
<5> Power on
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-19

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
INF Description Address Description
x <16> Auto-recloser active 015 064 ARC: Enabled
x <17> Teleprotection active 015 008 PSIG: Enabled
x <18> Protection active 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line
x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER
x <20> Blocking of monitor direction 037 075 COMM1: Sig./meas.val.block.
x <21> Test mode 037 071 MAIN: Test mode
<22> Local parameter setting
x <23> Characteristic 1 036 090 PSS: PS 1 active
x <27> Auxiliary input 1 034 000 LOGIC: Input 1 EXT
B-20 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
x <32> Measurand supervision I 040 087 MCMON: Meas. circ. I faulty
x <33> Measurand supervision V 038 023 MCMON: Meas. circ. V faulty
x <35> Phase sequence supervision 038 049 MCMON: Phase sequ. V faulty
x <36>11 Trip circuit supervision 041 200 SFMON: Relay Kxx faulty
<37> I>> back-up operation
x <38> VT fuse failure 004 061 MAIN: M.c.b. trip V EXT
x <39> Teleprotection disturbed 036 060 PSIG: Telecom. faulty
x <46> Group warning 036 100 SFMON: Warning (relay)
x <47> Group alarm 004 065 MAIN: Blocked/Faulty
11
The message content is formed from the OR operation of the individual signals.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-21
(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
x <48> Earth fault L1 041 054 MAIN: Ground fault A
x <49> Earth fault L2 041 055 MAIN: Ground fault B
x <50> Earth fault L3 041 056 MAIN: Ground fault C
x <51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line 041 088 MAIN: Gnd. fault forw./LS
x <52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar 041 089 MAIN: Gnd. fault backw./BS
B-22 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
x <64> Start /pick-up L1 040 005 MAIN: Starting A
x <65> Start /pick-up L3 040 006 MAIN: Starting B
x <66> Start /pick-up L3 040 007 MAIN: Starting C
x <67> Start /pick-up N 040 008 MAIN: Starting GF
x <68> General trip 036 071 MAIN: Gen. trip command 1
<69> Trip L1
<70> Trip L2
<71> Trip L3
<72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)
x <73> Fault location X in ohms 004 029 FT_DA: Fault react., prim.
x <74> Fault forward/line 036 018 SCDD: Fault P forward
x <75> Fault reverse/busbar 036 019 SCDD: Fault P backward
x <76> Teleprotection signal transmitted 036 035 PSIG: Send (signal)
x <77> Teleprotection signal received 037 029 PSIG: Receive (signal)
<78> Zone 1
<79> Zone 2
<80> Zone 3
<81> Zone 4
<82> Zone 5
<83> Zone 6
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-23

(continued)
AREVA Designations
x <84> General starting 040 000 MAIN: General starting
x <85> Breaker failure 036 017 CBF: CB failure
<86> Trip measuring system L1
<89> Trip measuring system E
x <90> Trip I> 040 042 MAIN: TripSig. tI>/tIrefP>
x <91> Trip I>> 040 011 DTOC: Trip Signal tI>>
x <92> Trip IN> 040 043 MAIN: TripSig. tIN>/tIrefN>
x <93> Trip IN>> 040 028 DTOC: Trip Signal tIN>>
B-24 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
x <128> CB ‘on’ by AR 037 007 ARC: (Re)close signal HSR
x <129> CB ‘on’ by long-time AR 037 006 ARC: (Re)close signal TDR
x <130> AR blocked 037 008 ARC: Not ready
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction

AREVA Designations
x <144>12 Measurand I 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.
x <145>13 Measurands I, V 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.

005 045 MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.
x <146>14 Measurands I, V, P, Q 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.

005 045 MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.
004 051 MAIN: Active power P p.u.
004 053 MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u.
x <147>15 Measurands IN, VEN 005 011 MAIN: Current Σ(IP) p.u.
005 013 MAIN: Volt. Σ(VPG)/√3 p.u.
x <148>16 Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f 005 041 MAIN: Current A p.u.

006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.
007 041 MAIN: Current C p.u.
005 043 MAIN: Voltage A-G p.u.
006 043 MAIN: Voltage B-G p.u.
007 043 MAIN: Voltage C-G p.u.
004 051 MAIN: Active power P p.u.
004 053 MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u.
004 040 MAIN: Frequency f
12
only with setting COMM1: Transm.enab.cycl.dat to "ASDU 3.1 p. IEC"
13
14
15
16
only with setting COMM1: Transm.enab.cycl.dat to "ASDU 9 p. IEC"
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-25
(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description
<240> Read headings of all defined groups
<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
<243> Read directory of a single entry
<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
<245> General interrogation of generic data
<249> Write entry with confirmation
<250> Write entry with execution
<251> Write entry abort
B-26 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction

INF Description
x <0> Initiation of general interrogation
x <0> Time synchronization
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction

AREVA Designations
x <16> Auto-recloser on/off 015 060 ARC: General enable USER
x <17> Teleprotection on/off 015 004 PSIG: General enable USER
x <18> Protection on/off 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line
x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER
x <23>17 Activate characteristic 1 003 060 PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER
17
Switches PSS: Param.subs.sel.USER to "Parameter set 1"
18
19
20
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-27
(continued)
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction

INF Description
<240> Read headings of all defined groups
<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
<243> Read directory of a single entry
<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
<245> General interrogation of generic data
<248> Write entry
<249> Write entry with confirmation
<250> Write entry with execution
<251> Write entry abort
B-28 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions
x Test mode
x Blocking of monitor direction
x Disturbance data
Generic services
x Private data
B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can
be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value. In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words,
there is only one choice for each measurand.
Measured value Max. MVAL =

nom. value multiplied by
1,2 or 2,4
Current A x
Current B x
Current C x
Voltage A-G x
Voltage B-G x
Voltage C-G x
Enabled power P x
Reactive power Q x
Frequency f x
Voltage A-B x
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-29

B-30 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix C - List of Bay Types
Key
Sorting the Bay Types
The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded in the first three characters of the bay
type code (example: A11.100.R01) given in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by "Type of
bay" in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third character in ascending order.
! Type of bay
" A - Feeder bays
" L - Bus sectionalizer bay
" Q - Bus coupler bay
" K - Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay
" M - Busbar measurement bay
" E - Busbar grounding bay
" X - Other bay type
! Number of busbars
" 1 - Single busbar
" 2 - Double busbar
" 9 - Without busbar / other configurations
! Equipment
" 1 - Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly
" 2 - Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch trucks or withdrawable switchgear
assembly
" 3 - Bays with stationary switchgear units
" 5 - Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector
" 9 - Other bay types
Bay Type No.: This number indicates the value to be set at M AIN : T yp e o f b a y
(folder "Para/Conf") in order to configure the unit for the selected bay type.
Special Designations for External Devices:

Mot.relay: Motor relay
Shunt wd. Shunt winding
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-1

(continued)
Table "Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays"
Column "Switchgear unit" This column begins with the designation for the external device (switchgear unit). The
function group follows in brackets. The function group encompasses all setting options
for monitoring the switchgear unit and its signals. "Open" and "Close(d)" indicate the
signal message or control direction of the switchgear unit.
Column "Binary Input": The "Open" or "Closed" signal should be connected to the binary input U xxxx.
The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are shown in the terminal connection
diagrams.
Column "Output relay" The "Open" or "Close" control of the switchgear unit is effected via output relay K xxxx.
The connection points of the output relay K xxxx are shown in the terminal connection
diagrams.
Table "Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking"
Note!
The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level.
Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations:

/: Negation
0: Switchgear unit "Open"
I: Switchgear unit "Closed"
X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position
FctBl1: Function block 1, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .1 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
FctBl2: Function block 2, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .2 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
C-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 2 (A11.100.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays
Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay

Q0 (DEV01) Open U A01 K A01
Close(d) U A02 K A02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 /
Close(d) U A04 /
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking
Switchgear unit Control O/C Interlock equation

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-3

(continued)
Bay Type No. 3 (A11.100.R02)

X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 546 (A11.101.M03)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) / K B06

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-5

(continued)
Bay Type No. 4 (A11.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 5 (A11.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-7

(continued)
Bay Type No. 6 (A11.101.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 523 (A11.108.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-9

(continued)
Bay Type No. 549 (A11.109.M03)

Q15 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
C-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 244 (A11.109.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Q15 (DEV07) Open U C01 /
Close(d) U C02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-11

(continued)
Bay Type No. 544 (A11.109.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
C-12 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 567 (A11.132.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-13

(continued)
Bay Type No. 521 (A11.134.R02.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-14 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 519 (A11.135.R02.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-15

(continued)
Bay Type No. 7 (A11.200.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


C-16 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 8 (A11.200.R02)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-17

(continued)
Bay Type No. 9 (A11.201.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-18 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 10 (A11.201.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-19

(continued)
Bay Type No. 11 (A11.201.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-20 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 12 (A11.400.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
F (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-21

(continued)
Bay Type No. 13 (A11.400.R02)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-22 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 14 (A11.401.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-23

(continued)
Bay Type No. 15 (A11.401.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-24 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 16 (A11.401.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-25

(continued)
Bay Type No. 17 (A11.900.R01)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar


Interlock equations not defined

C-26 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 504 (A11.901.R00)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-27

(continued)
Bay Type No. 541 (A13.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-28 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 18 (A13.105.M03)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-29

(continued)
Bay Type No. 19 (A13.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-30 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 20 (A13.105.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-31

(continued)
Bay Type No. 21 (A13.105.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-32 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 557 (A13.106.R03)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 22 (A13.107.M04)

Q8 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Close(d) U B02 K B02

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-34 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 23 (A13.107.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-35

(continued)
Bay Type No. 24 (A13.107.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-36 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 25 (A13.107.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-37

(continued)
Bay Type No. 508 (A13.111.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-38 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 26 (A13.200.R01)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-39

(continued)
Bay Type No. 27 (A13.201.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control


Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-40 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 28 (A13.201.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-41

(continued)
Bay Type No. 29 (A13.201.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-42 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 30 (A13.205.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-43

(continued)
Bay Type No. 31 (A13.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-44 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 32 (A13.205.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-45

(continued)
Bay Type No. 33 (A13.205.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-46 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 34 (A13.400.R01)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-47

(continued)
Bay Type No. 35 (A13.401.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-48 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 36 (A13.401.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-49

(continued)
Bay Type No. 37 (A13.401.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-50 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 38 (A13.405.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-51

(continued)
Bay Type No. 39 (A13.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-52 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 40 (A13.405.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-53

(continued)
Bay Type No. 41 (A13.405.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-54 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 503 (A13.432.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-55

(continued)
Bay Type No. 507 (A13.433.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-56 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 220 (A15.105.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-57

(continued)
Bay Type No. 42 (A15.105.M03)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
C-58 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 43 (A15.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-59

(continued)
Bay Type No. 221 (A15.105.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-60 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 44 (A15.105.R03)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-61

(continued)
Bay Type No. 45 (A21.104.M04)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-62 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 46 (A21.104.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-63

(continued)
Bay Type No. 47 (A21.104.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-64 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 48 (A21.104.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-65

(continued)
Bay Type No. 49 (A21.105.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-66 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 50 (A21.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-67

(continued)
Bay Type No. 51 (A21.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-68 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 52 (A21.105.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-69

(continued)
Bay Type No. 53 (A21.105.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-70 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 526 (A21.125.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /

Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-71

(continued)
Bay Type No. 54 (A21.204.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-72 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 55 (A21.204.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-73

(continued)
Bay Type No. 56 (A21.204.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-74 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 57 (A21.204.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-75

(continued)
Bay Type No. 58 (A21.205.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-76 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 59 (A21.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-77

(continued)
Bay Type No. 60 (A21.205.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-78 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 61 (A21.205.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-79

(continued)
Bay Type No. 62 (A21.205.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-80 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 63 (A21.404.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-81

(continued)
Bay Type No. 64 (A21.404.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-82 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 65 (A21.404.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-83

(continued)
Bay Type No. 66 (A21.404.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-84 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 67 (A21.405.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-85

(continued)
Bay Type No. 68 (A21.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-86 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 69 (A21.405.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-87

(continued)
Bay Type No. 70 (A21.405.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-88 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 71 (A21.405.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-89

(continued)
Bay Type No. 72 (A22.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-90 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 73 (A22.101.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-91

(continued)
Bay Type No. 74 (A22.101.R05)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-92 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 75 (A22.103.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q01 Close(d) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-93

(continued)
Bay Type No. 76 (A22.103.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-94 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 77 (A22.103.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-95

(continued)
Bay Type No. 78 (A22.103.R06)


Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-96 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 79 (A22.201.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-97

(continued)
Bay Type No. 80 (A22.201.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-98 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 81 (A22.201.R05)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-99

(continued)
Bay Type No. 82 (A22.203.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


C-100 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 83 (A22.203.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-101

(continued)
Bay Type No. 84 (A22.203.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-102 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 85 (A22.203.R06)


Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-103

(continued)
Bay Type No. 86 (A23.104.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-104 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 87 (A23.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-105

(continued)
Bay Type No. 88 (A23.104.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-106 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 89 (A23.105.M04)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-107

(continued)
Bay Type No. 90 (A23.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-108 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 91 (A23.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-109

(continued)
Bay Type No. 92 (A23.105.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-110 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 93 (A23.106.M04)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-111

(continued)
Bay Type No. 94 (A23.106.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-112 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 95 (A23.106.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-113

(continued)
Bay Type No. 96 (A23.107.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-114 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 97 (A23.107.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-115

(continued)
Bay Type No. 98 (A23.107.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-116 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 99 (A23.107.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-117

(continued)
Bay Type No. 100 (A23.204.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-118 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 101 (A23.204.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-119

(continued)
Bay Type No. 102 (A23.204.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-120 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 103 (A23.205.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-121

(continued)
Bay Type No. 104 (A23.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-122 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 105 (A23.205.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-123

(continued)
Bay Type No. 106 (A23.205.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-124 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 107 (A23.206.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-125

(continued)
Bay Type No. 108 (A23.206.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-126 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 109 (A23.206.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-127

(continued)
Bay Type No. 110 (A23.207.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-128 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 111 (A23.207.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-129

(continued)
Bay Type No. 112 (A23.207.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-130 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 113 (A23.207.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-131

(continued)
Bay Type No. 114 (A23.404.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-132 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 115 (A23.404.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-133

(continued)
Bay Type No. 116 (A23.404.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-134 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 117 (A23.405.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-135

(continued)
Bay Type No. 118 (A23.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-136 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 119 (A23.405.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-137

(continued)
Bay Type No. 120 (A23.405.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-138 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 222 (A25.105.M03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-139

(continued)
Bay Type No. 223 (A25.105.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-140 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 121 (A25.105.M04.1)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-141

(continued)
Bay Type No. 122 (A25.105.M04.2)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-142 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 123 (A25.105.R01.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-143

(continued)
Bay Type No. 124 (A25.105.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
C-144 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 224 (A25.105.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-145

(continued)
Bay Type No. 225 (A25.105.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-146 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 125 (A25.105.R04.1)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-147

(continued)
Bay Type No. 126 (A25.105.R04.2)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-148 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 127 (A25.128.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-149

(continued)
Bay Type No. 128 (A25.128.R05)


Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-150 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 133 (L11.100.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-151

(continued)
Bay Type No. 553 (L11.100.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /


C-152 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 134 (L11.100.R02)


X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-153

(continued)
Bay Type No. 528 (L11.102.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-154 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 542 (L11.102.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-155

(continued)
Bay Type No. 135 (L11.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-156 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 136 (L11.104.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-157

(continued)
Bay Type No. 137 (L11.104.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (Q8=I)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-158 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 547 (L11.112.M04)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control


Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q15 Close(d) (Q15=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-159

(continued)
Bay Type No. 564 (L11.112.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-160 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 138 (L11.116.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-161

(continued)
Bay Type No. 545 (L11.116.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-162 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 139 (L11.116.R03)


X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-163

(continued)
Bay Type No. 548 (L11.120.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-164 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 552 (L11.120.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-165

(continued)
Bay Type No. 140 (L11.120.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-166 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 141 (L11.120.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-167

(continued)
Bay Type No. 543 (L11.120.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-168 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 142 (L11.120.R04)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-169

(continued)
Bay Type No. 558 (L11.128.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-170 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 143 (L13.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-171

(continued)
Bay Type No. 144 (L13.113.M05)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
C-172 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 145 (L13.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-173

(continued)
Bay Type No. 146 (L13.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-174 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 517 (L13.113.R03.2)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-175

(continued)
Bay Type No. 147 (L13.113.R05)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
C-176 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 148 (L13.200.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-177

(continued)
Bay Type No. 149 (L13.202.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-178 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 150 (L13.202.R03)


Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-179

(continued)
Bay Type No. 226 (L15.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
C-180 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 151 (L15.113.M05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-181

(continued)
Bay Type No. 152 (L15.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
C-182 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 227 (L15.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-183

(continued)
Bay Type No. 153 (L15.113.R05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
C-184 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 154 (L21.101.M04.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-185

(continued)
Bay Type No. 155 (L21.101.M04.2)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
C-186 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 156 (L21.101.R01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-187

(continued)
Bay Type No. 157 (L21.101.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-188 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 158 (L21.101.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-189

(continued)
Bay Type No. 159 (L21.101.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-190 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 160 (L21.101.R04.1)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-191

(continued)
Bay Type No. 161 (L21.101.R04.2)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
C-192 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 513 (L21.109.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-193

(continued)
Bay Type No. 514 (L21.109.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-194 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 162 (L23.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-195

(continued)
Bay Type No. 163 (L23.101.R06)


Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-196 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 554 (L23.901.M01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-197

(continued)
Bay Type No. 555 (L23.901.M01.2)



C-198 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 164 (L23.901.R02)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar


Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-199

(continued)
Bay Type No. 242 (L23.903.M01.3)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q12 Open (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q12=I)

C-200 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 243 (L23.903.M01.4)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-201

(continued)
Bay Type No. 511 (L23.903.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

C-202 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 228 (L25.113.M03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-203

(continued)
Bay Type No. 229 (L25.113.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
C-204 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 165 (L25.113.M05.1)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-205

(continued)
Bay Type No. 166 (L25.113.M05.2)


Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
C-206 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 167 (L25.113.R01.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-207

(continued)
Bay Type No. 168 (L25.113.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
C-208 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 230 (L25.113.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-209

(continued)
Bay Type No. 231 (L25.113.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
C-210 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 169 (L25.113.R05.1)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-211

(continued)
Bay Type No. 170 (L25.113.R05.2)


Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
C-212 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 505 (Q21.100.R01)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-213

(continued)
Bay Type No. 197 (Q21.101.M04)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-214 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 198 (Q21.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-215

(continued)
Bay Type No. 199 (Q21.101.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-216 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 200 (Q21.101.R04)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-217

(continued)
Bay Type No. 556 (Q21.112.M04)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-218 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 565 (Q21.112.M04.2)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-219

(continued)
Bay Type No. 201 (Q21.117.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


C-220 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 202 (Q21.117.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-221

(continued)
Bay Type No. 203 (Q21.117.R06)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-222 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 245 (Q21.132.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-223

(continued)
Bay Type No. 563 (Q21.133.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-224 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 204 (Q23.101.M03)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-225

(continued)
Bay Type No. 205 (Q23.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-226 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 206 (Q23.101.R03)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-227

(continued)
Bay Type No. 207 (Q23.117.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-228 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 208 (Q23.117.R05)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-229

(continued)
Bay Type No. 236 (Q25.105.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-230 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 209 (Q25.105.M04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-231

(continued)
Bay Type No. 210 (Q25.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
C-232 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 237 (Q25.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-233

(continued)
Bay Type No. 211 (Q25.105.R04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
C-234 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 238 (Q25.109.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-235

(continued)
Bay Type No. 212 (Q25.109.M04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
C-236 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 213 (Q25.109.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-237

(continued)
Bay Type No. 239 (Q25.109.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-238 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 214 (Q25.109.R04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-239

(continued)
Bay Type No. 240 (Q25.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
C-240 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 215 (Q25.113.M05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-241

(continued)
Bay Type No. 216 (Q25.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
C-242 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 241 (Q25.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-243

(continued)
Bay Type No. 217 (Q25.113.R05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
C-244 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 218 (K29.101.R02)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A02 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-245

(continued)
Bay Type No. 219 (K29.101.R06)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-246 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 171 (M11.300.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-247

(continued)
Bay Type No. 172 (M11.300.R01)



C-248 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 540 (M11.304.R02)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-249

(continued)
Bay Type No. 173 (M11.900.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A02 /


C-250 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 174 (M11.900.R01)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-251

(continued)
Bay Type No. 175 (M13.312.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control



C-252 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 176 (M13.312.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-253

(continued)
Bay Type No. 177 (M13.312.R02)



C-254 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 506 (M13.902.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-255

(continued)
Bay Type No. 232 (M15.903.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Close(d) U A04 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-256 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 178 (M15.903.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-257

(continued)
Bay Type No. 233 (M15.903.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-258 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 179 (M15.903.R02)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-259

(continued)
Bay Type No. 180 (M21.302.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /


C-260 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 181 (M21.302.R04)


X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)

X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-261

(continued)
Bay Type No. 182 (M21.312.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-262 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 183 (M21.312.R04)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-263

(continued)
Bay Type No. 184 (M21.902.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-264 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 185 (M21.902.R04)


X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)

X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-265

(continued)
Bay Type No. 186 (M21.912.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-266 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 187 (M21.912.R04)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-267

(continued)
Bay Type No. 188 (M23.302.R02)



C-268 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 189 (M23.312.R02)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-269

(continued)
Bay Type No. 190 (M23.328.M04)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control



C-270 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 191 (M23.328.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-271

(continued)
Bay Type No. 192 (M23.328.R04)



C-272 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 193 (M23.902.R02)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-273

(continued)
Bay Type No. 559 (M23.904.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


C-274 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 509 (M23.906.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Close(d) U A04 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-275

(continued)
Bay Type No. 529 (M23.906.M02)



C-276 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 560 (M23.908.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-277

(continued)
Bay Type No. 510 (M23.910.M01)

Close(d) U A04 /


C-278 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 530 (M23.910.M02)



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-279

(continued)
Bay Type No. 194 (M23.912.R02)



C-280 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 234 (M25.903.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-281

(continued)
Bay Type No. 195 (M25.903.M04)


Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)
C-282 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 235 (M25.903.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-283

(continued)
Bay Type No. 196 (M25.903.R04)


Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)
C-284 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 129 (E13.901.M01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-285

(continued)
Bay Type No. 130 (E13.901.R01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



C-286 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 131 (E23.903.M02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control



P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-287

(continued)
Bay Type No. 132 (E23.903.R02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar



C-288 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 1 (X99.901.R00)
Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-289

(continued)
Bay Type No. 980 (X99.902.R06.2)
Signal / Command Binary input Output relay

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) / K A01


C-290 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 981 (X99.903.R12.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U B01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U B02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U B03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U B04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) / K B01


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-291

(continued)
Bay Type No. 982 (X99.904.R06.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U C01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U C02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U C03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U C04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U C05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U C06 /
S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) U C07 /
S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) U C08 /


C-292 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 983 (X99.905.R12.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U B01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U B02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U B03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U B04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) U C01 /
S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) U C02 /
S015 (SIG_1: Signal S015) U C03 /
S016 (SIG_1: Signal S016) U C04 /
S017 (SIG_1: Signal S017) U C05 /
S018 (SIG_1: Signal S018) U C06 /
S019 (SIG_1: Signal S019) U C07 /
S020 (SIG_1: Signal S020) U C08 /
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 C-293

(continued)


C-294 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix D - Terminal Connection Diagrams
D 1 Terminal Connection Diagrams
D 1.1 Case 40 T
LOCATION ITEM LOCATION ITEM

ITEM DESIGN. REFER. ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER. MEANING REFER.
Voltage VAG
Voltage VBG
Voltage VCG
Displacem. volt. VNG
Voltage Vref

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
IA
Phase current A
IB
Phase current B
IC
Phase current C
IN
Phase current IN

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5140B_Xa_EN
D-1 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 1 of 6)
Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT and RTD modules: see Chapters 5.3 and 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-1

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
An. outp. ch.1 (A-1)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER. MEANING

ITEM DESIGN REFER. ITEM DESIGN. DESIGN
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Input channel 1(I-1)
Measur. input PT100
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5241C_EN
D-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Aux. voltage input
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-3

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
D-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
PC interface Comm. interface

Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
MEANING REFER.
Operation
Comm. interface
MAIN: Blocked/faulty Channel 1
SFMON: Warning (LED)
MAIN: Gen. trip signal
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 2
Edit mode LOCATION ITEM

ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
Voltage
test
prohibited
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
D-5 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 5 of 6) in case 40 T, diagram
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-5

(continued)
LOCATION + ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. - REFER.
STATUS
CONNECTOR -X31 REFER.

MEANING
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
X/Y -U22
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING
Active interface * 1
X/Y -U23
[--- ---]
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1 -
2 + D2[R]
3
-U24
4 -
5 + D1[T]
RS 485
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
M5[DCD]
2
D2[R]
3
D1[T]
4
5 E
E2[G] -U27
6
7
+UB
8
9
RS 232
: Alternative module
*
(see order inform.)
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-6 Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 6 of 6)
D-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Voltage VAG
Voltage VAG
Voltage VAG
Tension Vref
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Phase current A
Phase current B
Phase current C
Residual current IN
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5250A_EN
D-7 Terminal connection diagram in case 40T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram
P139.406, (part 1 of 6); Terminal connection diagram of the RTD module: see Chapter 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-7

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

ITEM DESIGN REFER. ITEM DESIGN. DESIGN
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Measur. input PT100
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5241C_EN
D-8 Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram
P139.406, (part 2 of 6)
D-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Aux. voltage input
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
P139.406, (part 3 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-9

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
D-10 Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection diagram, other modules: pin terminal connection,
diagram P139.406, (part 4 of 6)
D-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
MEANING REFER.
Operation
Comm. interface
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 2

ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
Voltage
test
prohibited
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
P139.406, (part 5 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-11

(continued)
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS

MEANING
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
X/Y -U22
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING
X/Y -U23
[--- ---]
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1 -
2 + D2[R]
3
-U24
4 -
5 + D1[T]
RS 485
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
M5[DCD]
2
D2[R]
3
D1[T]
4
5 E
E2[G] -U27
6
7
+UB
8
9
RS 232
*
(see order inform.)
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-12 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram
P139.406, (part 6 of 6)
D-12 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D 1.2 Case 84 T
LOCATION ITEM -X121 LOCATION ITEM

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Voltage VAG
Voltage VBG
Voltage VCG
Voltage Vref
Phase current A
Phase current B
Phase current C
Residual current IN
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5145B_Xa_EN
D-13 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407, (part 1 of 6)
Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT and RTD modules see Chapters 5.3 and 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-13

(continued)

ITEM DESIGN. - REFER. ITEM DESIGN. DESIGN.
CONNECTION -X141 CONNECTOR -X161
Measur. input PT100
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5146B_Xa_EN
D-14 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407, (part 2 of 6)
D-14 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D-15 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84 T, ring terminal connection , diagram P139.407, (part 3 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-15

(continued)
LOCATION ITEM -X201

LOCATION ITEM
CONNECTOR -X181 CONNECTOR
K1804
Aux. voltage input
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
19Y5148B_Xa_EN
D-16 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 1
LOCATION ITEM
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
MEANING REFER.
Operation
Comm. interface
LOCATION ITEM
ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Comm. interface
Channel 2

ITEM DESIGN. REFER.
CONNECTOR
MEANING REFER.
Alternative module
(see order inform.)
Voltage
test
prohibited
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-17

(continued)
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS

MEANING
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
X/Y -U22
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING
X/Y -U23
[--- ---]
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1 -
2 + D2[R]
3
-U24
4 -
5 + D1[T]
RS 485
LOCATION + ITEM
STATUS
MEANING X // Y
Active interface
[--- ---]
* 1
M5[DCD]
2
D2[R]
3
D1[T]
4
5 E
E2[G] -U27
6
7
+UB
8
9
RS 232
*
(see order inform.)
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-18 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D 1.3 Terminal Connection Diagram of the NCIT Module
D-19 Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT module

applicable to case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405
and to case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 D-19

(continued)
D 1.4 RTD Module for PT 100, Ni 100 or Ni 120
D-20 Terminal connection diagram of the RTD module

applicable to case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405
case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406
and to case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407
The RTD module is provided with a ground bus with terminals for the 9 cable shields.
D-20 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix F - Upgrade Documentation
Version Changes
P139-301-401-601 Initial product release
Release: 27.04.2001
P139-302-402/403/404-602 Hardware As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage
Release: 07.02.2002 transformer module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function)
Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is
now an 84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40
TE case variant with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection
(transformer module: for ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pin-
terminal connection)
The binary (I/O) module X (6xO) is now optionally available with rapid-
response output by 4 thyristors.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage
transformer module T and show the variants with ring-terminal
connection:
! P139.402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
! P139.403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
! P139.404 (for 40 TE case,
transformer module: with ring-terminal connection;
other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the
Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel:
MEASI: Current IDC (addr. 004.134)
MEASI: Current IDC p.u. (addr. 004.135)
MEASI: Curr. IDC,lin. p.u. (addr. 004.136)
MEASI: Current A-1 (addr. 005.100)
MEASI: Current A-2 (addr. 005.099)
Bug fixing:
Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in
the DNP3 protocol.
PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by
setting PC: Select. Spontan.sig. (addr. 003.189), and
these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the
VDEW signals.
The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter
PC: Time-out (addr. 003.188).
COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented.
User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now
be made by setting COMM1: Select. Spontan.sig. (addr.
003.179), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in
addition to the VDEW signals.
COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to
communication.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 F-1

(continued)
Version Changes
OUTP/LED Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with
these signals:
SFMON: Defect.module slot 1 (addr. 097.000) to
SFMON: Defect.module slot20 (addr. 097.019)
Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance.
MEASI Addition of this per unit measurand
MEASI: Temperature p.u. (addr. 004.221)
MAIN The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection
tables for the trip command blocking signals: COMM1: Command
block. EXT (addr. 003.173)
COMM1: Sig./meas. block EXT (addr. 037.074)
OUTP: Block outp.rel. EXT (addr. 040.014)
MAIN: Test mode EXT (addr. 037.070)
MAIN: Trip cmd. block. EXT (addr. 036.045)
The following signals were added to the selection table for GRUND:
Fct. assign. fault:
SFMON: Defect.module slot 5 (addr. 097 004)
SFMON: Defect.module slot18 (addr. 097.017)
SFMON: Error K 1201 ... K 1206
(addr. 097.118 to 097.123)
The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN
function group:
MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. prim. (addr. 010.100)
MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. sec. (addr. 031.052)
MAIN: Meas. val. rel. Vref (addr. 011.034)
The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available
to the function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2.
In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a
second procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure
depends on the given load ratio and is made by setting
MAIN: Op. mode energy cnt. (addr. 010.138).
The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical"
communication interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the
parameter MAIN: Chann Assign.Comaddr. 003.169).
F-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Addition of two measured operating values:
(continued) MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. (addr. 005.046)
MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047)
Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the
control function and terminated with the starting of the trip command.
Time switching to setting "Daylight saving time" MAIN: Time
switching (addr. 003.095) is now stored so that it will remain
valid after a warm restart.
The multiple signal MAIN: Gen. trip signal (addr.
036.251 is now supported.
Bug fixing:
Rated current setting is changed from 1A to 5A when electro-magnetic
interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of
MAIN: Inom device (addr. 010.003) and
MAIN: IN,nom device (addr. 010.026) are overwritten by
the set values once every software cycle.
A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the
signal MAIN: System IN disabled (addr. 040.134) is
now considered by the DTOC and IDMT residual current stages.
Bug fixing:
During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive
energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now
prevented.
MAIN In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-reclosing
ARC Control, Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and
ASC Residual Current System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is
PSIG now possible to use just one binary signal input for enabling or disabling.
If, for example, only the signal ARC: Enable EXT (addr.
0037.010) is assigned to one binary signal input, the function is
enabled by the rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the input
signal.
DTOC Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to
0.01 Inom.
ARC New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account
by the Auto-reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal ARC:
(Re)close request (addr. 037.077) is used in this context to
have ASC triggered by ARC.
ASC Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added.

The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a
reference voltage.
GFDSS A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage
GFDS: VNG> (addr. 016.062).
THERM Addition of these per unit measurands
THERM: Therm. replica p.u. (addr. 004.017)
THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. (addr. 004.178)
THERM: Object temp. p.u. (addr. 004.179).
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 F-3

(continued)
Version Changes
f<> Bug fixing:
With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-to-
ground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor √3.
MCMON Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit
monitoring function with the signals
MCMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 038.100)
MCMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 004.078).
SIG_1 Bug fixing:
When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC60870-5-103 was used
single-pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value '0' (end)
or '1' (start).
COUNT The dimension (min) was added to the parameter
COUNT: Cycle t.count transm (addr. 217.007) in the data
model.
SFMON Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added:
SFMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 098.022)
SFMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 098.023)
Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct
time signals from logic equations 30 to 32.
The signals included in the function selection of warnings
SFMON: Open circ. 20mA inp. (addr. 098.026)
SFMON: PT100 open circuit (addr. 098.024)
SFMON: Overload 20 mA input (addr. 098.025)
are now supported.
P139-302-402/403/404-602- Hardware No modifications
701
Release: 13.05.2002
Diagram No modifications
Software
SFMON Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during
short-time supply voltage dipping.
702
Release: 26.07.2002
Software
IDMT Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic 'IEC
extremely inverse' is now within the claimed tolerance range.
P139-302-402/403/404-603 Hardware No modifications
Release: 29.08.2002
Software
F-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version Changes
LOC The signals LOC: Loc.acc.block.active (addr. 221.005)
and LOC: Rem.acc.block.active (addr. 221.004) are now
sent spontaneously as individual signals with the protocol IEC 60870-5-
103.
INP The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006,
which are not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data
model.
P139-303-402/403/404-604 Hardware Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new
Release: 20.12.2002 temperature p/c board (RTD module), which will become available as of
version -304-405/406/407-605.
Software
COMM1 The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047)
has been added to the selection for the cyclic ILS telegram.
The unnecessary parameter COMM1: Address mode
(Adr. 003.168) is now hidden.
LOC The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. (addr. 005.046)
has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the
Overload Panel and the numerical display.
The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047)
has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the
Overload Panel and the bar chart display.
MEASI Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary
THERM fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM
LIMIT protection this includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature
SFMON measurement, coolant temperature acquisition, and open-circuit
monitoring of the individual resistance thermometers.
MAIN The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any
ARC device interface, first introduced with version –603, now is modified in
ASC that way, that the functions are enabled by default.
PSIG
IDMT The setting ranges for parameters Iref,neg and Iref,N as well as
Iref,neg dynamic and Iref,N dynam have been increased from
0,1 - 4,00 Inom to 0,01 - 4,00 Inom
PSS Bug fixing:

After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell
back to the user set parameter subset. The signal PSS: Control
via user (addr. 036.102) changed from "Yes" to "No" after a
warm restart.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 F-5

(continued)
Version Changes
ASC Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close
request:
When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated
by the starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its
set time duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the
first close enable, as long as the operative time is running. The signal
ASC: Close enable (addr. 037.083) (if synchronism conditions
are met) and the delta measured values are continuously updated and
periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The cycle time to
transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at: ASC:
Transm.cycle,meas.v. (addr. 101.212).
The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as "start" and as
"end" and must therefore be included in a general scan.
The signal ASC: Close rejection (addr. 037.086) is
issued only after the operative time has elapsed and there is then no
synchronism. This signal is also issued after a test close request if,
during the operative time, a close enable is temporarily signaled.
The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections
after test close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters
ASC: No. close requests (addr. 009.033) and
ASC: No. close rejections (addr. 009.034) will only
consider "authentic" close requests.
If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an
authentic close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or
from the interfaces (or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is
restarted. Then, after the first close enable is reached, the close
command is issued and the operative time is terminated. The signal
ASC: Close rejection (addr. 037.086) is issued when the
set operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having
been met and the circuit breaker is not switched.
The setting range for the operative time was increased from
0.00 – 60.00 s to 0.0 – 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from
0.01 s to 0.1 s.
The settable reset times for the signals
ASC: tClose enable Volt.PSx (addr. 0XX.241)
ASC: tClose enable syn.PSx (addr. 0XX.240)
have been replaced by fixed minimum times of 100 ms.
These measured event values have been added to the Automatic
Synchronism Check:
ASC: Voltage Vref (addr. 004.087)
ASC: Volt. sel. meas.loop (addr. 004.088)
The measuring range of the measured event value
ASC: Volt. magnit. diff. (addr. 004.091)
has been changed from 0.000 – 3.000 Vnom to –3.000 – 3.000 Vnom.
LIMIT Bug fixing:
If the temperature measurand T was set to "not measured" the stages T<
and T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start.
F-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-304-405/406/407-605 Hardware A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective
Release: 28.11.2003 interface COMM3, can now be fitted in slot 3 instead of the transient
ground fault detection module N.
A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3,
instead of the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module).
As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog
input signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available.
Details are available on request. See chapter 2, section "Connecting
NCITs to Inputs on the CT/VT-board with NCIT".
Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available.
Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires
such binary signal inputs.
Diagram The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication
interface (function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD
module) and the CT/VT-board with NCIT.
! P139.405 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
! P139.406 (for 40 TE case,
! P139.407 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
LOC Customized binary signal panels can now be created.
A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images.
The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended.
The signals M037-M040 can now be configured as image variables.
Bug fixing:
When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control
was switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching
actions could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time.
COMM1 Bug fixing concerning various communication protocols:

! DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented.
! The protocol per IEC60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative
operating values.
! IEC-60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection
for parameter COMM1: Time tag length (addr. 003.198).
Furthermore 3 Bytes were used irrespective of the setting.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 F-7

(continued)
Version Changes
COMM1(2) Bug fixing concerning the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol:
! For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-delayed reclosing
(Function Type 80h, Information nos. 80h and 81h), the status
changes 'On' to 'Off' were signaled spontaneously and were
transmitted as part of the response to a general scan.
The fault location FT_DA: Fault react., prim.

(add. 004.029) (Function Type 80h, Information no. 49h), will no
longer be sent spontaneously, if its value is 'Not measured‘.
With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value
of channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/√3.
COMM3 New function group: COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits
end-end channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of
discrete carrier equipment.
INP Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of
binary signal inputs.
MEASO Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting
of an output values range. This feature is required if signed event
measurands are assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or short-
circuit reactance,...).
MAIN Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s:
MAIN: Suppress start. sig. (addr. 017.054)
The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen
coil compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling
at the end of the ground fault.
These measured operating values have been added:
MAIN: Appar. power S prim. (addr. 005.025) and
MAIN: Appar. power S p.u. (addr. 005.026).
The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated
switchgear can now be set:
MAIN: Delay Man.Op.Superv (addr. 221.079)
Bug fixing:
All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS).
Bug fixing:
The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their
default values when a warm restart of the device occurred.
Bug fixing:
If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel
then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected.
MAIN The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device,
ARC when specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal
ASC input.
PSIG
F-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version Changes
FT_DA The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is
improved.
Bug fixing:
Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as
small values.
Bug fixing:
When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting
all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to
'Not measured'.
FT_RC Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function
was added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger:
FT_RC: Fct. assig. Trigger (addr. 003.085)
DTOC Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time
overcurrent protection.
IDMT Bug fixing:
The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negative-
sequence current stage were not reset with the release of starting.
ARC Bug fixing:
The HSR & TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold
restart.
ASC Bug fixing:
With a close request the counter ASC: No. GF (curr. meas)
(addr. 009.003) was increment by a count of 8 instead of 1.
Bug fixing:
When a test close request was issued in the operating mode
"synchronism-checked" a chattering of the ASC enable signal could
occur.
TGFD The setting range of TGFD: IN,p> (addr. 016.042) is
extended down to 0.03 Inom.
The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal
SFMON: TGFD mon. triggered (addr. 093.094) is now
increased from 5 s to 65 s.
P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active
and reactive power.
The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now
feature direction dependency.
The setting range for the parameter P<>: Release delay Q> PS1
(addr. 017172) is now extended to max. 100.00 s.
MCMON The default setting for parameter
MCMO: FF,Vref enabled USER. (addr. 013.014) was
changed from 'Yes' to 'No'.
LIMIT Reference voltage monitoring from the fifth VT input was added to the
Limit Value Monitoring function.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 F-9

(continued)
Version Changes
LOGIC Bug fixing:
The time dependent logic outputs - LOGIC: Output x (t) (addr.
042.033) (with x=1 to 32) - are reset for a short period during
parameter subset selection.
DEVx Bug fixing:
(x=1 to 10) When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the
return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of
commands to switchgear.
CMD_1 Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access
Software MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the
output module X (6xO) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with
84 TE cases).
SIG_1 Bug fixing:
A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible.
Bug fixing:
The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was
assigned to the signal SIG_1: Logic signal S010
(addr. 226.077).
SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous
disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary
signal inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms.
Bug fixing:
Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V
voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was
eliminated.
F-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Publication: P139/EN M/B33 (AFSV.12.09450 D) – VOL. 2/2
AREVA T&D's Automation & Information Systems Business www.areva-td.com

T&D Worldwide Contact Centre online 24 hours a day: +44 (0) 1785 25 00 70 http://www.areva-td.com/contactcentre/
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay
Control
Version: P139 -304 -405/406/407 -605
Î P139 -306 -408/409/410 -611
Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/A77
(AFSV.12.09690.D)
P139, Upgrade Documentation: -605 to -611
Contents
1 Overview U-5
2 Functional Details U-12

2.1 Communication interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC) U-12
2.2 Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE) U-18
2.3 Generic Substation State Event (Function Group GSSE) U-32
2.4 Self-Monitoring (Function Group SFMON) U-43
2.5 Short-circuit direction determination (Function Group SCDD) U-44
2.6 Thermal overload protection (Function Group THERM) U-46
2.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection (Function Group CBF) U-58
2.8 Circuit Breaker Monitoring (Function Group CBM) U-68
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-3

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing
features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical
Manual listed below.
References
Released Version Documentation
28.11.2003 P139-304-405/406/407-605 Technical Manual
AFSV.12.09450/1 EN
U-4 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139-305-408/409/410-610 This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific
Release: 20.05.2005 and only available on request!
Hardware The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now
available and may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication
module A.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module
communication interface.
P139.408 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
P139.409 (for 40 TE case,
P139.410 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel
A S C : N o . R C a f t . m a n . c l o s (004 009).
Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel.
M EASI: Sc a l e d va l u e ID C ,l i n (004 180).
COMM1 The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS
protocol has been extended with the signal
S C D D : F a u l t P b a c k w a r d (036 019).
Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted
to the DNP3 protocol.
Bug fixing:
A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic
warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used.
COMM3 Bug fixing:
After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at
SF M O N : H a r d w a r e e r r o r C O M M 3 (093 143) will now only occur if
there actually is such a hardware error.
IEC Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol.
GSSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a
communication procedure has been implemented that is compatible with
previous UCA2 GOOSE for the exchange of binary information within an
Ethernet network section.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-5

(continued)
Version Changes
SFMON A number of device bugs previously lead to a blocking with the second
entry to the monitoring signal memory (i.e. if the recurring fault was
already stored in the monitoring signal memory – see Chapter 10 in the
Technical Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that
device blocking will only occur if a renewed appearance of the same
device fault lies within a set "memory retention time"
SF M O N : M o n .s i g . r e te n ti o n (021 018). This makes it possible to
tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without having to
clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim.
The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this
new feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the
fault.
OUTP/LED Addition of the signal ASC : C l o s e r e q u e s t (034 018) to the selection
of freely configurable LED indicators and output relays.
FT_RC The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to
avoid a record of an endless disturbance.
The signal AR C : Bl o c k i n g EXT (036.050) is now stored in the fault
recording (previously only the resulting signal AR C : Bl o c k e d
(004.069) was recorded).
MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the "PT 100" input has
been improved.
U-6 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in
the branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred
to the parameter subsets.
MAIN: Neutr.pt. treat. PSx
MAIN: Hld time dyn.par. PSx
MAIN: Bl.tim.st.IN,neg PSx
MAIN: Gen. start. mode PSx
M A I N : O p . r u s h r e s tr . PSx
MAIN: Rush I(2fn)/I(fn) PSx
M A I N : I > l i f t r u s h r e s tr PSx
MAIN: Suppr.start.sig. PSx
MAIN: tGS PSx
With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes
by selecting the appropriate parameter subset.
The parameter M AIN : N e u tr a l - p o i n t tr e a t. (010 048) used only in
conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been
configured. Furthermore the selections at various neutral point
treatments that occur by this parameter have now been reduced to a
selection relevant to the application.
The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be
selected. Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input
for minute signal pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected.
M AIN : Pr i m .So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 210)
M AIN : Ba c k u p So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 211)
For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and
conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time
tag for the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse
edge is detected). The setting M AIN : T i m e T a g Afte r D e b o u n c e
(221 083) is provided for this purpose.
Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
PSIG Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
ARC Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.The DTOC negative-sequence current stage
started the ARC by triggering the ARC trip time of the IDMT negative-
sequence current stage.
ASC Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to
the maximum possible number of external devices.
Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-7

(continued)
Version Changes
GFDSS The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating
conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also
possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.
Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in
order to obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a
response to the increased application of ground fault direction signaling
as a tripping condition.
Bug fixing:
The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate
delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed.
Bug fixing:
The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values
> 65 s.
TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating
conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also
possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.
THERM Bug fixing:
In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this
to measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the
corresponding backup temperature sensor.
P<> The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max.
0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom:
P< > : P> (017 120)
P< > : P> > (017 140)
P< > : Q> (017 160)
P< > : Q>> (017 180)
Bug fixing:
When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for
the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower
disengaging ratio than that which had been set.
Bug fixing:
When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal
P< > : F a u l t P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the operate
delay for the stage was blocked.
CBM Function circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added.
LIMIT Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the
device has been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .
U-8 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-305-408/409/410-610- This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific
704 and only available on request!
Hardware No modifications
Software
IEC With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured
values and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit.
P139-306-408/409/410-611 Hardware Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold
Release: 07.11.2005 are now available. This makes the following selections available:
>18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.)
>90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) (Order ext. No. 461)
>155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462)
>73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463)
>146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464)
Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not
specifically required by application.
Software
LOC Extensive expansion of the parameter selection
L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y (080 110).
Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ
key there are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be
selected by pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu
jump function).
COMM1/ With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating
COMM2 values has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram.
IEC General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850
data model.
For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function "Setting
by Tunneling" has been implemented.
GOOSE For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section
the IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been
implemented.
SFMON Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English
designation text is used) for this signal:
SF M O N : C B fa u l ty EXT (098 072)
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-9

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN The following per unit measured operating values have been added:
M AIN : C u r r e n t Ip o s p .u . (009 016)
MAIN: Current Ineg p.u. (009 015)
MAIN: Voltage Vpos p.u. (009 018)
MAIN: Voltage Vneg p.u. (009 017)
MAIN: Frequency f p.u. (004 070)
M AIN : An g l e VPG /IN p .u . (005 072)
MAIN: Load angle phi A p.u (005 073)
MAIN: Load angle phi B p.u (005 074)
MAIN: Load angle phi C p.u (005 075)
M AIN : An g l e p h i N p .u . (005 076)
The parameter M AIN : R o ta r y fi e l d (010 049) was renamed to
M A I N : P h a s e s e q u . (010 049). In addition the parameter selection
for clockwise and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B.
Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English
designation text is used) for the following parameter:
M AIN : Pr i m .So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 210)
M AIN : Ba c k u p So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 211)
FT_RC The signal F T _ R C : R e c o r d .tr i g a c ti ve (002 002) has been

implemented, which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present.
FT_DA Bug fixing:
When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that
the fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand
F T _ D A: F a u l t l o c a t. p e r c e n t (004 027)
DTOC A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an
extended setting range has been integrated.
Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the
residual current calculated from the three phase currents.
IDMT2 A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added.
SCDD A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction
determination function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with
the non-faulted voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from
which the SCDD function can obtain necessary voltage information for
direction determination when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage
drop have occurred.
MP The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit
measured operating values:
M P: T h e r m . r e p l . M P p .u . (005 071)
M P: St- u p s s t. p e r m .p .u . (005 086)
U-10 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version Changes
THERM The parameters T H ER M : Bl . f. C T A fa u l t PSx have been replaced
by the parameters with an extended setting range
THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx.
In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the
relative and absolute replica the previous parameter
T H E R M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e (022 063) has been replaced by:
T H ER M : R e l a ti ve r e p l i c a (022 064)
T H ER M : Ab s o l u te r e p l i c a (022 065)
It should be remembered that an explicit selection – relative or absolute
replica – for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no
such explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – is carried out the
thermal overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal
T H ER M : Se tti n g e r r o r ,b l o c k . (039 110) is issued.
These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the
warning temperature in the absolute replica:
T H ER M : O/T f.Iref pers. PSx
THERM: Warning temp. PSx
The following signals have been added to the thermal overload
protection:
T H ER M : R e c l o s u r e b l o c k e d (039 024)
THERM: Not ready (040 035)
V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an
enable threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the
undervoltage stages (V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<).
The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set
threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents.
There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for
minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold:
V<>: Op. mode V< mon. PSx
V<>:I enable V< PSx
f<> Bug fixing:
The origin for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were
selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated.
CBF The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function
now includes a current breaking-off criterion.
The previous signal C BF : C B fa i l u r e (036 017) has been replaced by
the following signals:
CBF: Trip signal t1 (038 215)
CBF: Trip signal t2 (038 219)
CBM Bug fixing:
An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect
calculation of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one
of these parameters was set to blocked:
C BM : M e d . c u r r . Itr i p ,C B (022 014) or
C BM : Pe r m . C B o p . Im e d ,C B (022 015)
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-11

(continued)
2 Functional Details
2.1 Communication Interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC)
As a further option the P139 includes an interface protocol according to the Ethernet
based communication standard IEC 61850.
IEC 61850
The IEC 61850 was created jointly by users and manufacturers as an international
standard. The main target of the IEC 61850 is interoperability of devices. This includes
the capability of two or more intelligent electronic devices (IED), manufactured by the
same company or different companies, to exchange data for combined operation.
Now this new communication standard IEC 61850 has created an open and common
basis for communication from the process control level down to the network control level,
for the exchange of signals, data, measured values and commands.
For a standardized description of all information and services available in a field device a
data model, which lists all visible functions, is created. Such a data model, specifically
created for each device, is used as a basis for an exchange of data between the devices
and all process control installations interested in such information. In order to facilitate
engineering at the process control level a standardized description file of the device,
based on XML, is created with the help of the data model. This file can be imported and
processed further by the relevant configuration program used by the process control
device. This makes possible an automated creation of process variables, substations
and signal images.
The following documentation with the description of the IEC 61850 data model, used
with the P139, is available:
IDC file based on XML in the SCL (Substation Configuration Description Language)
with a description of data, properties and services, available from the device, that are
to be imported into the system configurator.
PICS_MICS_ADL file with the following contents:
PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of
available services.
MICS (Model Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of
available object types.
ADL (Address Assignment List) with an overview of the assignment of parameter
addresses (signals, measuring values, commands, etc.) used by the device with
the device data model as per IEC 61850.
U-12 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Ethernet Module
The optional Ethernet module provides an RJ45 connection and a fiber optic interface
where an Ethernet network can be connected. The selection which of the two interfaces
is to be used to connect to the Ethernet network is made by setting the parameter
I E C : E t h e r n e t m e d i a . There are two ordering variants available for the fiber optic
interface: the ST connector for 10 Mbit/s and 850 nm and the SC connector for
100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is in
preparation). The RJ45 connector supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.
The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RJ485 interface for remote
access with the operating program MiCOM S1 (function group COMM2).
Notes: The P139 may only be equipped with the optional Ethernet module as an
alternative to the standard optional communication module. Therefore the
Ethernet based communication protocol IEC 61850 is only available as an
alternative to function group COMM1.
The Ethernet module can only be applied in conjunction with the processor
module P (included in current hardware version) with the item number
9650 135 or other processor modules available in the near future. When
upgrading older P139 hardware versions with an Ethernet module, which is
technically possible, it must be kept in mind that such units are usually
equipped with the processor module P with the item number 0337 875. This
processor module P does not support the Ethernet module and therefore the
communication protocol IEC 61850 will not function. If such an upgrade is
carried out the processor module P must be exchanged. The processor
module item number can be checked by reading the device identification
setting at D V I C E : M o d u l e v a r . s l o t 1 .
Activating and Enabling

The function group IEC can be activated by setting the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n
g r o u p I E C . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication
module is fitted to the device. After activation of IEC, all data points associated with this
function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become visible.
The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting
IEC: General enable USER.
The parameter settings for function groups IEC, GOOSE and GSSE in the device are not
automatically activated. An activation occurs either when the command I E C : E n a b l e
c o n f i g u r a t i o n is executed or automatically when the device is switched online with
MAIN: Device on-line.
Client Log-on
Communication in Ethernet no longer occurs in a restrictive master slave system, as is
common with other protocols. Instead server or client functionalities, as defined in the
'Abstract Communication Service Interface' (ACSI, IEC 61870-7-2), are assigned to the
devices. A 'server' is always that device which provides information to other devices. A
client may log-on to this server so as to receive information, for instance 'reports'. In a
network a server can supply any number of clients with spontaneous or cyclic
information.
In its function as server the P139 can supply up to 16 clients with information.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-13

(continued)
Clock Synchronization
With IEC 61850 clock synchronization occurs via the SNTP protocol, defined as
standard for Ethernet. Here the P139 functions as SNTP client.
For clock synchronization one can select between the operating modes Broadcast from
SNTP Server or Request from Server. With the first operating mode synchronization
occurs by a broadcast message sent from the SNTP server to all devices in the network,
and in the second operating mode the P139 requests the device specific time signal
during a settable cycle.
Control and Monitoring of
Switchgear Units
Control of switchgear units by the P139 can be carried out from all clients that have
previously logged-on to the device. Only one control command is executed at a time, i.e.
further control requests issued by other clients during the execution of such a command
are rejected. To control external devices the following operating modes can be set at
IEC: DEV control model:
Status only
Direct control with normal security
Direct control with enhanced security
SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security
When set to the operating mode Select before operate the switchgear unit is selected by
the client before the control command is issued. Because of this selection the
switchgear unit is reserved for the client. Control requests issued by other clients are
rejected. If after a selection no control command is issued by the client the P139 resets
this selection after 2 minutes have elapsed.
The switchgear units’ contact positions signaled to the clients are made with the Report
Control Blocks of the switchgear units.
Fault Transmission
Transmission of fault files is supported per "File Transfer".
Transmission of "Goose
Messages"
The so-called "Goose Message" is a particular form of data transmission. Whereas
normal server-client-services are transmitted at the MMS and TCP/IP level, the "Goose
Message" is transmitted directly at the Ethernet level with a high transmission priority.
Furthermore these "Goose Messages" can be received by all participants in the
respective sub-network, independent of their server or client function. In IEC 61850
"Goose Messages" are applied for the accelerated transmission of information between
two or more devices. Application fields are, for example, a reverse interlocking, a
transfer trip or a decentralized substation interlock. In future the "Goose Message" will
therefore replace a wired or serial protective interface.
According to IEC 61850 there are two types of "Goose Messages", the GSSE and the
IEC-GOOSE. The GSSE is used to transmit binary information with a simple
configuration by 'bit pairs', and it is compatible with UCA2. However the IEC-GOOSE
enables transmission of all data formats available in the data model, such as binary
information, integer values or even analog measured values. But this will require more
extensive configuration with the help of the data model from the field unit situated on the
opposite side. With the IEC-GOOSE the P139 at this time supports sending and
receiving of binary information or two-pole external device states.
U-14 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Communication with the

Operating Program
MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet
Interface
Direct access by the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface on the
device may occur through the "tunneling principle". Transmission is carried out by an
Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the associated operating
program MiCOM S1 (specific manufacturer solution). Such transmission is
accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is used for server-client
communication and "Goose Messages".
Available are all the familiar functions offered by the operating program MiCOM S1 such
as reading/writing of setting parameters or retrieving stored data.
The function group IEC presents the following parameters, measured values and
signals:
Configuration Parameters
IEC: Function group IEC 056 059
Canceling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the

function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
IEC: General enable USER 104 000
Enabling and disabling function group IEC.

IEC: Enable configuration 104 058
This parameter can only be sent individually. In order to maintain

consistency of all parameters in the function groups IEC, GSSE and
GOOSE, they are only enabled mutually by this parameter. After this
command is sent to the device, the actual status of the previously changed
parameter setting of the three function groups is enabled in the
communication data model of the connected device. This function is carried
out automatically with the off-line/on-line switching of the device.
IEC: Inactivity timer 104 050
Additional communication monitor at Ethernet. Should a logged-on client

issue no further request message after this time period has elapsed, this
client will automatically be logged-off, i.e. no further reports will be issued to
him. To re-establish communication the client is required to perform a new
log-on procedure with the device (IED).
IEC: Deadband value 104 051
Setting to calculate the filter value for all measured value Report Control
Blocks (RCB) except the measured value for energy. Should a change
occur in one of the measured values, which is greater than the filter value,
the RCB is again sent to all clients. For each measured value the filter
value is calculated according to this formula:
Step size measured value • Setting I E C : D e a d b a n d v a l u e
IEC: Ethernet media 104 056
Selecting the physical communication channel from either wired (RJ45) or

optical fiber (ST/SC connector depending on ordering option)
IEC: Delta t (energy) 104 060
Cycle time to send energy value by Report Control Block (RCB). No RCB
transmission with setting to blocked!
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-15

(continued)
IEC: IP address 104 001
IP address for the device (IED has server function).

IEC: Subnet mask 104 005
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the
sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
IEC: Number of routes 104 010
Number of network routes, that can be contacted outside of the sub-

network, between the device (IED) and a client or server, communicating
with this device, and situated in an exterior target network.
Such a configuration is required only then when this device must contact an
external client/server direct without having its own network router to convert
an IP address.
Addressing of the router and the target network however are always
necessary.
Up to four such external target networks can be contacted.
IEC: Router address 1 104 011
IP address of network router # 1.

IEC: Target network 1 104 015
IP address of target network # 1.







IEC: SNTP operating mode 104 200
Operating mode for the time synchronization telegram. When set to

Broadcast synchronization occurs cyclically with the clock server
transmitting a broadcast signal and, when set to Request from Server each
device (IED has client function) individually requests a synchronization
signal after its own cycle time.
IEC: SNTP poll cycle time 104 201
Device (IED) poll cycle time for time synchronization when operating mode
is set to Request from Server.
IEC: SNTP server IP addr. 104 202
IP address of the synchronizing clock server.

IEC: Diff. local time 104 206
Time difference between UTC and local time at the devices' substation
(IED).
U-16 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
IEC: Diff. dayl.sav. time 104 207
Time difference when changing to daylight saving time.

IEC: IED name 104 057
Name of the device (IED has server function). This device name serves as
device identification in the IEC 61850 system, it is included in the Logical
Device Name in the IEC data model and must therefore be unambiguous.
All devices logged-on to the network should have non-recurring IED names.
IEC: DEV control model 221 081
Setting of which control model is to be used to control all external devices.

Suggested setting when performing switching operations at maximum
safety is SBO enh. Security (SBO = Select-Before-Operate).
Function Parameters, General Functions
COUNT: IEC 61850 pulsQty 221 096
Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via IEC 61850.
According to the standard the resulting value is calculated as:
Value transmitted = actual value * pulsQty
(see IEC 61850: Value = actVal * pulsQty).
Measured Operating Data
IEC: MAC address 104 061
MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This
address is introduced during manufacture and can only be read.
Logic State Signals
IEC: Comm. link faulty 105 180
Display when an Ethernet module has not initiated properly, i.e. if the MAC
address is missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting!
IEC: Control reservation 221 082
Display if a client has made a reservation to control an external device

("select" for control by control mode "select before operate").
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-17

(continued)
2.2 Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE)
For high-speed exchange of information between individual IEDs (intelligent electronic

devices) in a local network, the P139 provides the function group GOOSE as defined in
the standard IEC 61850. GOOSE features high-speed and secure transmission for
reverse interlocking, decentralized substation interlock, trip commands, blocking,
enabling, contact position signals and other signals.
"Goose Messages" are only transmitted by switches but not by routers. "Goose
Messages" therefore remain in the local network to which the device is logged-on.
The function group GOOSE can be activated by setting the parameter G O O S E :
F u n c t i o n g r o u p G O O S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet
communication module is fitted to the device. After activation of GOOSE, all data points
associated to this function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become
visible.
GOOSE: General enable USER.
M A I N : D e v i c e o n - l i n e . In addition the function group IEC must be configured and
enabled.
Sending GOOSE
With GOOSE up to 32 logic binary state signals and up to 10 two-pole states from the
maximum of 10 possible external devices associated to the P139 can be sent. Selection
of binary state signals is made by setting G O O SE: O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g .
(n = 1 to 32). The up to 10 two-pole states of the external devices are a fixed part of
GOOSE for which there is no necessity to set parameters. The assignment of data
object indexes to logic state signals is made in the range from 1 to 32 according to the
assignment to GOOSE outputs. The two-pole state signals from external devices 1 to 10
receive a permanent assignment of data object indexes in ascending order from 33 to
42.
GOOSE is automatically sent with each new state change of a configured binary state
signal or an external device. There are numerous send repetitions in fixed ascending
time periods (10 ms, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms, 500 ms, 1000 ms, 2000 ms). If after 2
seconds there is no further state change apparent, GOOSE is then sent cyclically at
2-second intervals.
In order to have unambiguous identification of GOOSE sent, characteristics such as the
Goose ID number, MAC address, application ID and VLAN identifier must be entered
through parameter settings. Further characteristics are the 'Dataset Configuration
Revision' with the fixed value "100" as well as the 'Dataset Reference', which is made up
of the IED name (setting in function group IEC) and the fixed string
"System/LLNO$GooseST".
U-18 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE DataSet: LLN0$GooseST
Identification: Multicast MAC address: 01-0C-CD-01-00-00
VLAN Identifier: 0
Application ID: 12288
Goose ID: "This IED"
DataSet Ref. : "This IED System/LLNO"
DataSet Cfg. Revision: 100
Data range: ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out1/stVal GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig.
ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out2/stVal GOOSE: Output 2 fct.assig.

… …
ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out32/stVal GOOSE: Output 32 fct.assig.
ServernameCONTROL/CSWI1/Pos/stVal DEV01: Control state

… …
19Z6101B _EN
U-1 Basic structure of sent GOOSE
Receiving GOOSE
With GOOSE up to 16 logic binary state signals and the two-pole contact position signals
from up to 16 external devices can be received. Configuration of the logic state signals
received (G O O S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 16)) is made on the basis of the
selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs). Contact position signals
received from external devices are listed in the selection table for interlocking equations
of the function group ILOCK, which are available to design a decentralized substation
interlock.
For each state or contact position signal to be received from an external device the
"Goose Message" must be selected that includes the information wanted by setting the
Goose ID, the Application ID and the 'Dataset Reference'. With the further setting of the
data object index and the data attribute index through parameters, the selection of the
information wanted from the chosen GOOSE will occur. The device will not evaluate the
identification features VLAN identifier and ‘Dataset Configuration Revision’ that are also
included in the GOOSE received.
Each GOOSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This
corresponds to the double time period to the next GOOSE repetition. If the duration of
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-19

(continued)
validity has elapsed without having received this GOOSE again (i.e. because of a fault in
communication), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default
value G O O S E : I n p u t n d e f a u l t and G O O S E : E x t . D e v n d e f a u l t ( n = 1 to 16).
The function group GOOSE presents the following parameters, measured values and
signals:
GOOSE: Function group GOOSE 056 068
Canceling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration. If the

settings and signals are hidden. The parameters of this function group are
only then active if function group IEC has been configured and is activated,
and if the parameters of this function group have been activated through the
parameter I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n or by switching the device
off-line/on-line.
GOOSE: General enable USER 106 001
Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.

GOOSE: Goose ID 106 002
Goose ID being sent by this device (IED). GOOSE includes a Dataset with
32 binary and configurable virtual outputs and 10 two-pole states to the
maximum of 10 monitored external devices
GOOSE: Multic. MAC address 106 003
Multicast MAC address to provide identification of GOOSE to the receiving

clients (IED). The default MAC address entered is suggested as a standard
according to IEC 61850. The multicast MAC address entered in GOOSE
may be modified so as to increase transmission security or to reduce the
number of "GOOSE Messages" to be read by receiving clients (IED).
GOOSE: Application ID 106 004
Application ID of GOOSE being sent by this device (IED).

GOOSE: VLAN Identifier 106 006
VLAN identifier of GOOSE being sent by this device (IED). The VLAN
identifier makes it possible to have switches in the network filter messages,
if the switches support such a function. Because so-called multicast MAC
addresses are applied, switches are unable to filter messages in the
network if they do not include a VLAN identifier.
U-20 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 106 011
Function assignment of a binary logical state signal to the virtual GOOSE

outputs. The signal configured here is sent with the permanently configured
Dataset of GOOSE.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-21

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 Goose ID 107 001
Goose ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the
virtual binary GOOSE input.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 Goose ID 108 001
Goose ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the
virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
Virtual GOOSE inputs can be linked with interlocking equations of assigned
external devices.
U-22 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 Applic. ID 107 000
Application ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for

the virtual binary GOOSE input.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 Applic. ID 108 000
Application ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for

the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external
device.
GOOSE: Input 1 DataSet Ref 107 002
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-23

(continued)
'Dataset Reference' for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device

(IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A 'Dataset Reference' consists of
a chain of characters including the full path of the state value from the
device (IED) situated on the opposite side with the logical device/logical
node/data object/data attribute. If a path is made up of more than 20
characters, then only the first 20 characters are to be entered.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetRef 108 002
'Dataset Reference' for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device

(IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an
external device. A 'Dataset Reference' consists of a chain of characters
including the full path of the state value from the device (IED) situated on
the opposite side with the logical device/logical node/data object/data
attribute. If a path is made up of more than 20 characters, then only the first
20 characters are to be entered.
U-24 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 DataObj Ind 107 003
Data object index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this

device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A data object index
indicates which data object element in the Dataset is to be evaluated.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetInd 108 003
Data object index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this

device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of
an external device. A data object index indicates which data object element
in the Dataset is to be evaluated.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-25

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 DatAttr Ind 107 004
Data attribute index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this

device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A data attribute index
indicates which data attribute element in the data object is to be evaluated.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetEle 108 004
Data attribute index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this

device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of
an external device. A data attribute index indicates which data attribute
element in the data object is to be evaluated.
U-26 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 default 107 005
Default for the virtual binary GOOSE input. The state of a virtual binary
GOOSE input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored
communication link to a GOOSE sending device (IED situated on the
opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 default 108 005
Default for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an
external device. The state of a virtual two-pole GOOSE input will revert to
default as soon as the continuously monitored communication link to a
GOOSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has
disappeared altogether.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-27

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 107 006
Function assignment of the virtual binary GOOSE input to a binary logical

state signal on the device (IED) so that it can be processed further by the
protection, control or logic functions. The signal configured at this point will
receive the state of the data attribute, as configured above, and which was
received with the Dataset of GOOSE
Measured Operating Data

GOOSE: Dataset Cfg.Revision 106 005
Display of the 'Dataset Configuration Revision' value of GOOSE, which is

sent from this device (IED).
U-28 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Physical State Signals GOOSE: Output 1 state 106 010
GOOSE: Output 2 state 106 012
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state.

GOOSE: Input 1 state 106 200
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-29

(continued)
Logic State Signals

GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 position 109 000
State of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an

external device.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 open 109 001
Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the
state of an external device.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 closed 109 002
U-30 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the
state of an external device.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 interm.pos 109 003
Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input,

representing the state of an external device.
GOOSE: IED link faulty 107 250
Display if the continuously monitored communication link to a GOOSE

sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has
disappeared altogether. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will
attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried
out independent of a change of state. Thus the device monitors the time
period at which the next state signal must be received.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-31

(continued)
2.3 Generic Substation State Event (Function Group GSSE)
For high-speed exchange of information between individual IEDs (intelligent electronic

devices) in a local network, the P139 provides, as an additional functionality, the function
group GSSE (UCA2.0-GOOSE) as defined in the standard IEC 61850. GSSE features
high-speed and secure transmission of logic binary state signals such as reverse
interlocking, trip commands, blocking, enabling and other signals.
The Function Group GSSE can be activated by setting the parameter G S S E :
F u n c t i o n g r o u p G S S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet
communication module is fitted to the device. After activation of GSSE, all data points
associated to this function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become
visible.
GSSE: General enable USER.
M A I N : D e v i c e o n - l i n e . In addition the function group IEC must be configured and
enabled.
Sending GSSE
With GSSE up to 32 logic binary state signals can be sent. Selection of state signals is
made by setting G SSE: O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). Each state signal
selected is to be assigned to a bit pair in GSSE (G S S E : O u t p u t n b i t p a i r (n = 1 to
32)), which will transmit this state signal.
GSSE is automatically sent with each state change of a selected state signal. There will
be multiple send repetitions at ascending time periods. The first send repetition occurs
at the given cycle time set with the parameter G S S E : M i n . c y c l e . The cycles for
the following send repetitions result from a conditional equation with the increment set
with the parameter G S S E : I n c r e m e n t . Should no further state changes occur up to
the time when the maximum cycle time has elapsed (G S S E : M a x . c y c l e ) , then
GSSE will be sent cyclically at intervals as set for the max. cycle time.
In order to have unambiguous identification of a GSSE sent, the IED name is used which
was set in function group IEC.
Receiving GSSE
With GSSE up to 32 logic binary state signals can be received. Configuration of the
logic binary state signals received (G S S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32))
is made on the basis of the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs).
For each state signal to be received, the GSSE message, which will include the
information wanted, must be selected by setting the IED name (G S S E : I E D n a m e ) .
Selection of information wanted from the selected GSSE will occur by setting the bit pair
(G S S E : b i t p a i r ) .
Each GSSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This
corresponds to the double time period to the next GSSE repetition. If the duration of
validity has elapsed without having received this GSSE again (i.e. because of a fault in
communication), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default
value ( G S S E : I n p u t n d e f a u l t (n = 1 to 32)).
U-32 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The Function Group GSSE presents the following parameters and signals:
GSSE: Function group GSSE 056 060
Canceling function group GSSC or including it in the configuration. If the

settings and signals are hidden. The parameters of this function group are
only then active if function group IEC has been configured and is activated,
and if the parameters of this function group have been activated through the
parameter I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n or by switching the device
off-line/on-line.
GSSE: General enable USER 104 049
Enabling and disabling function group GSSE.

GSSE: Min. cycle 104 052
Minimum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in ms. The repetition
cycle time for a GSSE message is calculated, according to a standard, with
this formula:
Repetition cycle time = Min. cycle + (1 + (increment/1000))N-1 [ms]
The repetitions counter N will be restarted at count 1 after each state
change of a GSSE bit pair.
GSSE: Max. cycle 104 053
Maximum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in s. For the formula to
calculate the repetition cycle time see Min. cycle. Should the calculated
value for the repetition cycle time be equal to or greater than the set max.
value then the GSSE message will be sent repeatedly at the set max. value
time.
GSSE: Increment 104 054
Increment for the GSSE repetition cycle. For the formula to calculate the
repetition cycle time see Min. cycle.
GSSE: Operating mode 104 055
In the operating mode Broadcast all GSSE, independent of their MAC

address (network hardware characteristic), are always read and processed.
In the operating mode Promiscuous and after all GSSE sending devices
have logged-on, only messages with the MAC addresses of IEDs, that have
logged-on successfully, are read and processed.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-33

(continued)
GSSE: Output 1 bit pair 104 101
Setting with which GSSE bit pair the configured binary signal of the virtual
GSSE outputs is to be transmitted. A GSSE is always transmitted
consisting of a fixed number of 96 bit pairs, of which a maximum of 32 are
used by this device (IED) during a send operation.
U-34 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 104 102
Function assignment of a binary logical status signal to the virtual GSSE

outputs. The signal configured here is sent through the GSSE bit pair as
configured above.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-35

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 bit pair 105 001
Setting which GSSE bit pair is assigned to which virtual GSSE input. A
GSSE is always received consisting of a fixed number of 96 bit pairs, of
which a maximum of 32 are processed by this device (IED).
U-36 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 IED name 105 002
IED name for the virtual GSSE input used to identify a GSSE received.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-37

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 default 105 003
Default for the virtual binary GSSE input. The state of a virtual two-pole
GSSE input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored
communication link to a GSSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite
side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether.
U-38 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 105 004
Function assignment of the virtual binary GSSE input to a binary logical

state signal on the device (IED) so that it can be processed further by the
protection, control or logic functions. The signal configured at this point will
receive the state of the bit pair, as configured above, and which was
received with GSSE
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-39

(continued)
Physical State Signals

GSSE: Output 1 state 104 100
Display of the virtual binary GSSE output state.
U-40 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 state 105 000
Display of the virtual binary GSSE input state.
Logic State Signals

GSSE: IED link faulty 105 181
Display if the continuously monitored communication link to a GSSE

sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has
disappeared altogether. To each GSSE the GSSE sending device will
attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GSSE will be carried out
independent of a change of state. Thus the device monitors the time period
at which the next state signal must be received.
Control and Testing

GSSE: Reset counters 105 171
Command to reset monitoring counters as listed below.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-41

(continued)
GSSE: Enroll. IEDs flags L 105 160
Bar with state bits for all GSSE inputs, showing if the respective GSSE
sending device has logged-on and is transmitting free of fault (input 1 to
16).
GSSE: Enroll. IEDs flags H 105 161
Bar with state bits for all GSSE inputs, showing if the respective GSSE
sending device has logged-on and is transmitting free of fault (input 17 to
32).
GSSE: Tx message counter 105 162
Shows the number of GSSE messages sent. This counter is reset by

GSSE: Reset counters.
GSSE: Rx message counter 105 163
Shows the number of GSSE messages received. This counter is reset by

GSSE: No. bin.state chang. 105 164
Number of state changes included in a GSSE sent. This counter is reset by

GSSE: Tx last sequence 105 165
State of the continuous counter sequence for the message counter sent
with each GSSE.
GSSE: Tx last message 105 166
State of the continuous counter sequence for state changes sent with each
GSSE.
GSSE: No. reject. messages 105 167
Number of telegram rejections having occurred because of non-plausible

message content. This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
GSSE: IED view selection 105 170
Setting for which GSSE sending device the following statistics information is
to be displayed.
GSSE: IED receiv. messages 105 172
Counter of the GSSE telegrams received by this IED. This counter is reset
by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
GSSE: IED Rx last sequence 105 173
State of the continuous counter sequence for the message counter received
with each GSSE.
GSSE: IED Rx last message 105 174
State of the continuous counter sequence for state changes received with
each GSSE.
GSSE: IED missed messages 105 175
Number of missing GSSE messages (gaps in the continuous sequence

numbering). This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
GSSE: IED missed changes 105 176
Number of missing state changes (gaps in the continuous sequence

numbering). This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
GSSE: IED time-outs 105 177
Number of GSSE received after validity time period has elapsed. This
counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
U-42 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
2.4 Self-Monitoring (Function Group SFMON)
Depending on the type of internal fault detected the device will respond by trying to
eliminate the problem with a warm restart. For further details see section Self-Monitoring
(Function Group SFMON) in Chapter 3 "Operation" and read about device behavior with
problems in Chapter 10 "Troubleshooting". Whether or not this measure will suffice can
only be determined if the monitoring signal has not already been stored in the monitoring
signal memory because of a previous fault. If it was already stored and a second fault is
detected then, depending on the type of fault detected, the device will be blocked after
the second warm restart. Previously this occurred independently of the time duration
that had passed since the first monitoring signal was issued.
Monitoring signal memory

The behavior caused by sporadic faults could lead to an unwanted blocking of the device
if the monitoring signal memory has not been reset in the interim, for example, because
the substation is difficult to reach in wintertime or reading-out and clearing of the
monitoring signal memory via the communication interfaces was not enabled. A
"memory retention time" has been introduced to defuse this problem. Now device
blocking only occurs when the same internal device fault is detected twice during this
time duration. Otherwise, the device will continue to operate normally after a warm
restart. In the default setting this timer stage is blocked so that with a detected internal
fault the device will operate the same as with the previous versions.
Address Description Range of Values Units
021 018 SFMON: Mon.sig. retention 0...240 / Blocked h
Monitoring signal memory

time tag
Because of these changes the significance of the time tag for entries to the monitoring
signal memory has been re-defined. The time when the device fault occurred first was
previously recorded. As of version -610 the time when the device fault occurred last is
now recorded.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-43

(continued)
2.5 Short-Circuit Direction Determination (Function Group SCDD)
Short-circuit direction
determination using
voltage memory (as of
version -611)
The short-circuit direction determination (SCDD) function group is subdivided into two
subsets.
Direction determination in a residual current system
For direction determination in a residual current system the measured residual current IN
and the vector addition of the phase-ground voltages are applied.
In this case voltage memory is not used.
Direction determination in a phase system
For direction determination in a phase system the SCDD function uses the fault-
dependent short-circuit current and – in general – the phase-to-phase, unfaulted
voltages (not involved in the short-circuit) assigned to the type of fault. This ensures that
with single-pole and two-pole faults there is always sufficient voltage available for
direction determination.
This procedure can also be applied to three-pole faults with a phase-to-phase voltage
> 200 mV.
Should a three-pole fault occur close to the point of measurement, there could be such a
large 3-phase voltage drop, that direction determination on above basis is no longer
possible. As of version -611 there is a voltage memory available for such fault
occurrences from which the SCDD function can obtain the necessary voltage information
for direction determination.
With a three-pole fault in the phase-current stage the measurement loop voltage
(VABmeas) with the threshold set by the user at S C D D : O p e r . v a l . V m e m o r y P S x
is compared with the threshold Vop.val. of the voltage memory.

PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4
010 109 010 116 010 017 010 018 SCDD: Oper.val.Vmemory PSx 0.01 ... 0.15 ... 1.00 Vnom
If VABmeas < Vop.val. then the SCDD function will not use VABmeas but will revert to
the voltage memory, if it has been enabled. The following signal is issued:
SCDD: Direct. using memory (038 047).
If the voltage memory has not been enabled (i.e. |Delta f| > 2.5 Hz) the SCDD function
will check if VABmeas is sufficient for direction determination.
Should the result with a disabled voltage memory be VABmeas > 200 mV the direction
will be determined on the basis of VABmeas. The following signal is issued:
SCDD: Direct. using Vmeas (038 045)
U-44 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
If V12meas < 200 mV, a forward fault is detected if the voltage memory is disabled and if
the pre-orientation is active (set under S C D D : T r i p b i a s ), otherwise the directional
decision is blocked. The following signal is issued:
SCDD: Forw. w/o measurem. (038 044).

These signals are additionally delivered to the following signals:
SCDD: Fault P forward

SCDD: Fault P backward
SCDD: Fault P or G forwd.
SCDD: Fault P or G backw.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-45

(continued)
2.6 Thermal Overload Protection (Function Group THERM)
2.6.1 Functional Description
Using this function, thermal overload protection can be implemented. As of version –611
this function provides the following features:
Disabling or enabling
thermal overload protection
Thermal overload protection may be disabled or enabled by setting parameters.
Moreover, enabling can be carried out separately for each parameter set.
THERM: General enable

USER
[ 022 050 ]
0
THERM: Enabled
1 & [ 040 068 ]
0: No
1: Yes
THERM: Enable PSx

[ * ]
0: No THERM: Enable
x PSS: PS x active Parameter
1: Yes PSx
1 036 090 set 1 001 118
2 036 091 set 2 001 119
3 036 092 set 3 001 120
PSS: PS x active
4 036 093 set 4 001 121
[ * ]
19Z6112A_EN
U-2 Enabling or disabling thermal overload protection
U-46 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Readiness of thermal
overload protection
Thermal overload protection will issue T H ER M : N o t r e a d y if one of the following
conditions applies:
Thermal overload protection is disabled.

Thermal overload protection is blocked because of a fault in the coolant temperature
(ambient) acquisition.
Thermal overload protection is blocked because of an incorrect setting.
The thermal replica is blocked via an appropriately configured binary signal input.
THERM: Enabled THERM: Not ready

>1
[ 040 068 ] [ 040 035 ]
THERM: Block. by CTA error
305 200
&
THERM: Therm.repl.block EXT

>1
[ 041 074 ]
THERM: Setting error,block.
[ 039 110 ]
19Z6113A_EN
U-3 Signal T H E R M : n o t r e a d y
Operating modes
Two operating modes can be selected for thermal overload protection.
Relative replica
Absolute replica
Either operating mode can be enabled or disabled individually. Only one of the
operating modes may be enabled for thermal overload protection. However, if both
operating modes are enabled at the same time, the thermal overload protection is
blocked and an error message is generated by the P139:
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-47

(continued)
Coolant temperature effect

To permit coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition, one of the analog modules Y must
be fitted, either the analog (I/O) module Y with a 20 mA current input and the "PT100"
input or the temperature p/c board (the RTD module) with the temperature sensor inputs
T1 to T9.
One of the 11 measuring inputs listed above is selected for the primary measurement of
coolant temperature by setting the parameter T H E R M : S e l e c t m e a s . i n p u t P S x .
In addition the parameter T H ER M : Se l . b a c k u p th . PSx is set to select which of
these 11 measuring inputs is to be used as a backup to measure the coolant
temperature when the primary measuring input has failed.
If the parameters T H E R M : S e l e c t m e a s . i n p u t P S x o r
T H ER M : Se l . Ba c k u p th . PSx have been set incorrectly the thermal overload
protection is blocked and an error message is generated by the P139:
An open measuring circuit, due to a broken wire, is determined by the measured value
inputs (function group MEASI). This will result in the issuance of these signals:
MEASI: Open circ. 20mA inp.
MEASI: PT100 open circuit
M E A S I : T 1 o p e n c i r c . to
MEASI: T9 open circ.
The thermal model uses these signals as a criterion to determine a fault in the coolant
temperature measurement. A fault at both measured value inputs selected will lead to
the issuance of the signal T H E R M : C T A e r r o r .
U-48 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The setting of T H E R M : F u n c t . f . C T A f a i l . P S x determines how the thermal

overload protection is to continue functioning when the coolant temperature
measurement has failed. The following functions can be selected to guarantee
continued and stable performance of the thermal overload protection when the coolant
temperature measurement has failed.
Default temperature value:

The coolant temperature set at T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x is applied. The
thermal overload protection is not blocked.
Last measured temperature:
As a rule there is an erratic change of the measured value when a fault has occurred
in the coolant temperature measurement. The temperature measured before such an
erratic change is stored and applied. The thermal overload protection is not blocked.
The coolant temperature set at T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x is applied if no last
measured values are available because a device warm restart or a parameter subset
selection was carried out.
Blocking:
The signals T H ER M : W a r n i n g and T H ER M : T r i p s i g n a l are reset and
blocked. The thermal model will then be continued and displayed on the basis of the
measured current alone. All further measurands are issued as "not measured".
All relevant parameters for coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition are hidden if none
of the two analog modules Y available have been fitted. The tripping time is calculated
by including the setting for T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x .
Thermal overload
protection operation
without coolant
temperature (ambient)
acquisition
In order to guarantee thermal overload protection, without considering an offset due to a
variable coolant temperature, it is recommended to set the parameter
T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x to the maximum permitted coolant temperature.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-49

(continued)
THERM: Select
meas.inputPSx
[ * ]
0
1 >1
2
n
0: Without
1: PT 100
2: 20mA Input
n = 3 ... 11: Tx &
& >1
MEASI: Open circ. PT 100
[ 040 190 ]
&
MEASI: Overload 20mA input
>1
[ 040 191 ]
MEASI: Open circ. 20mA inp. &
[ 040 192 ]
MEASI: Open circ. Tx
[ * ]
THERM: Sel. backup

th. PSx
[ * ] THERM: With CTA
>1
0 305 201
&
1 >1
2
n
0: Without
1: PT 100
2: 20mA Input
n = 3 ... 11: Ty THERM: CTA error
& >1
& >1 [ 039 111 ]
SFMON: CTA error
[ 098 034 ]
&
>1
&
MEASI: Open circ. Ty
[ * ]
THERM: KTE gestört EXT

[ 038 062 ]
THERM: Funct.f.
CTA fail. PSx
[ * ]
1
THERM: Block. by
2
& CTA error
3 305 200
1: Default temp. value

2: Last meas.temperat.
3: Blocked
MEASI: Open
Tx Ty
circ.
T1 040 193 040 193
T2 040 194 040 194
T3 040 195 040 195
T4 040 208 040 208
Parameter THERM: Select THERM: Sel. THERM: Funct.f.
T5 040 209 040 209 meas.inputPSx backup th. PSx CTA fail. PSx
T6 040 218 040 218 set 1 072 177 072 080 076 177
T7 040 219 040 219 set 2 073 177 073 080 077 177
T8 040 252 040 252 set 3 074 177 074 080 078 177
T9 040 253 040 253 set 4 075 177 074 080 079 177
19Z6110A_EN
U-4 Coolant temperature monitoring
U-50 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Relative replica
The rated operating current of the protected object and its overload tolerance for
maximum coolant (ambient) temperature are the basis of the relative thermal replica.
In the "Relative replica" operating mode, the following settings have to be made for
thermal overload protection:
The rated operating current of the protected object T H E R M : I r e f P S x

The tripping threshold ∆ϑtrip is set at T H E R M : R e l . O / T t r i p P S x
If coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition is used, the following parameters must be

set:
The maximum permissible temperature of the protected object Θmax

THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx
The maximum coolant temperature (maximum ambient) Θa,max
THERM: Max.perm.cool.tmpPSx
Absolute replica
The thermal limit current of the protected object is the reference current of the absolute
thermal replica. For this limit current, an overtemperature results at the maximum
coolant temperature.
In the "Absolute replica" operating mode, the following parameters have to be set for
thermal overload protection:
The thermal limit current of the protected object T H E R M : I r e f P S x

The limit temperature for tripping Θmax
THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx
The overtemperature as a result of a persistent limit current (Θmax - Θa,max )
THERM: O/T f.Iref pers. PSx
Note: The maximum permissible coolant temperature Θa,max is derived from the
difference between the parameters T H ER M : M a x.p e r m .o b j .tm p .PSx
and T H ER M : O /T f . I r e f p e r s . P S x
Tripping characteristics
The maximum RMS phase current I is used to track a first-order thermal replica as
specified in IEC 255-8. Other than the operating mode dependent settings the following
parameters will govern the tripping time:
The set thermal time constant τ of the protected object

THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PS
The accumulated thermal load ∆ϑ0.
The current measured coolant temperature Θa.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-51

(continued)
The tripping threshold in the two operating modes is calculated as follows:
2
⎛ I ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ − ∆ϑ0
t = τ ⋅ ln ⎝ Iref ⎠
2
⎛ I ⎞ ⎛ Θ − Θa,max ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ − ∆ϑtrip ⋅ ⎜⎜ 1 − a ⎟
⎟
⎝ Iref ⎠ ⎝ Θmax − Θ a ,max ⎠
The tripping threshold ∆ϑtrip is set to a fixed value of 100 % ( = 1 ) if the operating mode
is "Absolute replica".
θtrip / %
10000
200
1000
110
τ/min
50
100
200
110
10 1000
50
t/min 200
1
110
50 30
0.1
0.01 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
0.00
I/Iref
D5Z50BE
U-5 Tripping characteristics of thermal overload protection (tripping characteristics apply to ∆ϑ0 = 0 % and identical settings for the maximum
permissible coolant temperature and coolant temperature)
U-52 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Warning
Depending on the selected operating mode, a warning signal can be set at one of the
following parameters:
Relative replica: T H ER M : R e l . O /T w a r n i n g PSx

Absolute replica: THERM: Warning temp. PSx
Additionally, a pre-trip time limit can be set; when the time left until tripping falls below
this pre-trip limit, a warning will be issued.
Trip
The trip threshold is set according to the selected operating mode with the following
parameters:
Relative replica: THERM: Rel. O/T trip PSx

Absolute replica: THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx
If a trip command is issued, the trip signal is maintained until the status of the thermal
replica has decreased by the value T H E R M : T r i p H y s t e r e s i s P S x , at least for
a fixed time of 5s.
Cooling
If the current falls below the default threshold of 0.1 Iref, the thermal replica is applied with
the set time constant T H ER M : T i m .c o n s t.2 ,< Ib l PSx. This element in the thermal
model takes account of the cooling characteristics of stopped motors.
Note: These two time constants should be set to the same value for transformers
and power lines.
Operation together with the

motor protection function
If the thermal overload protection function is operated together with the motor protection
function (function group MP) and if another startup of an asynchronous motor occurs
(other than the first startup), then the thermal overload protection function will be
temporarily blocked during the startup time.
The motor protection will effect the thermal overload protection and not vice versa if both
protection functions are applied simultaneously.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-53

(continued)
IA COMP THERM: I
IB 305 202
IC
THERM: Starting k*Iref>
Iph,max AR_MV [ 041 108 ]
MAIN: Protection active c

& c
306 001
THERM: Enabled THERM: Tim.
[ 040 068 ] c const.1,>Ibl PSx
[ * ]
THERM: Therm.repl.block THERM: Tim.
[ 041 074 ] c const.2,<Ibl PSx
& [ * ]
THERM: Block. by CTA error THERM: O/T f. Iref
305 200 c pers. PSx
MP: Block. replica THERM [ * ]
304 700
THERM: Warning
THERM: Iref PSx
<0.1 Iref c temp. PSx
[ * ] [ * ]
THERM: Max.
THERM: Start.fact.
OL_RC PSx c perm.obj.tmp.PSx
[ * ] [ * ]
THERM: Max.perm.
k*Iref c cool.tmpPSx
[ * ]
THERM: Rel. O/T
THERM: c warning PSx
Absolute replica [ * ]
[ 022 065 ]
THERM: Rel. THERM: Within pre-trip time
0 c O/T trip PSx [ 041 109 ]
[ * ]
1 SFMON: Setting error THERM
THERM: Default
0: No c CTA PSx [ 098 035 ]
1: Yes [ * ]
THERM: Setting error, block.
THERM: Hysteresis
trip PSx [ 039 110 ]
THERM: [ * ] THERM: Warning
Relative replica
[ 039 025 ]
[ 022 064 ] THERM: Warning
pre-trip PSx THERM: Trip signal
0 [ * ] [ 039 020 ]
THERM: Reclosure blocked
1 [ 039 024 ]
0: No THERM: Buffer empty
[ 039 112 ]
1: Yes
THERM: Status THERM replica
[ 004 016 ]
THERM: Object temperature
c [ 004 137 ]
R THERM: Coolant temperature
I/Iref [ 004 149 ]
THERM: Pre-trip time left
[ 004 139 ]
THERM: with CTA THERM: Temp. offset replica
c [ 004 109 ]
305 201
Coolant temperature THERM: Coolant temp. p.u.

[ 004 178 ]
THERM: Reset replica THERM: Object temp. p.u.
[ 039 061 ] [ 004 179 ]
THERM: Therm. replica p.u.

[ 004 017 ]
Parameter THERM: Start.fact. THERM: Tim. THERM: Tim. THERM: O/T f.Iref THERM: Warning THERM: Max.
OL_RC PSx const.1,>Ibl PSx const.2,<Ibl PSx pers. PSx temp. PSx perm.obj.tmp.PSx
set 1 072 180 072 187 072 188 072 167 072 153 072 182
set 2 073 180 073 187 073 188 073 167 073 153 073 182
set 3 074 180 074 187 074 188 074 167 074 153 074 182
set 4 075 180 074 187 075 188 075 167 074 153 075 182
Parameter THERM: Max.perm. THERM: Rel. O/T THERM: Rel. O/T trip THERM: Default THERM: Hysteresis THERM: Warning
cool.tmpPSx warning PSx PSx CTA PSx trip PSx pre-trip PSx
set 1 072 185 072 184 072 181 072 186 072 183 072 191
set 2 073 185 073 184 073 181 073 186 073 183 072 191
set 3 074 185 074 184 074 181 074 186 074 183 073 191
set 4 075 185 075 184 075 181 075 186 074 183 074 191 19Z6111A_EN
U-6 Thermal overload protection
U-54 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Reset
The thermal replica may be reset from an appropriately configured binary signal input.
Resetting is possible even when thermal overload protection is disabled. Thermal
overload protection can be blocked via an appropriately configured binary signal input.
THERM: Rset.therm.
repl.USER
[ 022 061 ]
0
THERM: Reset replica
1
[ 039 061 ]
0: don't
execute
1: execute
THERM: Enabled
[ 040 068 ]
THERM: Reset
replica EXT
[ 038 061 ]
Q9Z5020A_EN
U-7 Resetting the thermal replica
2.6.2 Address List
Configuration parameters
056 023 THERM: Function group THERM Without / With
Function parameters,
general functions
022 050 THERM: Enabled No / Yes

022 064 THERM: Relative replica No / Yes
022 065 THERM: Absolute replica No / Yes
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-55

(continued)
parameter set x,
relative replica
PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4
072 175 073 175 074 175 075 175 THERM: Enabled PSx No / Yes
072 177 073 177 074 177 075 177 THERM: Select meas.inputPSx Without / PT100 / 20mA Input /
T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 /
T7 / T8 / T9
072 080 073 080 074 080 075 080 THERM: Sel. backup th. PSx Without / PT100 / 20mA Input /
T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 /
T7 / T8 / T9
072 179 073 179 074 179 075 179 THERM: Iref PSx 0.10 ... 1.00 ... 4.00 Inom
072 180 073 180 074 180 075 180 THERM: Start.fact.OL_RC PSx 1.05 ... 1.15 ... 1.50
072 187 073 187 074 187 075 187 THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PSx 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 min
072 188 073 188 074 188 075 188 THERM: Tim.const.2,<Ibl PSx 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 Min
072 182 073 182 074 182 075 182 THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx 0 ... 120 ... 300 °C
072 185 073 185 074 185 075 185 THERM: Max.perm.cool.tmpPSx 0 ... 40 ... 70 °C
072 186 073 186 074 186 075 186 THERM: Default CTA PSx -40 ... 40 ... 70 °C
072 184 073 184 074 184 075 184 THERM: Rel. O/T warning PSx 50 ... 95 ... 200 %
072 181 073 181 074 181 075 181 THERM: Rel. O/T trip PSx 50 ... 100 ... 200 %
072 183 073 183 074 183 075 183 THERM: Hysteresis trip PSx 2 ... 30 %
072 191 073 191 074 191 075 191 THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx 0.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 min
076 177 077 177 078 177 079 177 THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx Default temp. value /
Last meas.temperat. / Blocked
parameter set x
absolute replica
PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4
072 175 073 175 074 175 075 175 THERM: Enabled PSx No / Yes
072 177 073 177 074 177 075 177 THERM: Select meas.inputPSx Without / PT100 / 20mA Input /
T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 /
T7 / T8 / T9
072 080 073 080 074 080 075 080 THERM: Sel. backup th. PSx Without / PT100 / 20mA Input /
T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 /
T7 / T8 / T9
072 179 073 179 074 179 075 179 THERM: Iref PSx 0.10 ... 1.00 ... 4.00 Inom
072 180 073 180 074 180 075 180 THERM: Start.fact.OL_RC PSx 1.05 ... 1.15 ... 1.50
072 187 073 187 074 187 075 187 THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PSx 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 min
072 188 073 188 074 188 075 188 THERM: Tim.const.2,<Ibl PSx 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 Min
072 167 073 167 074 167 075 167 THERM: O/T f.Iref pers. PSx 0 ... 80 ... 300 K
072 182 073 182 074 182 075 182 THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx 0 ... 120 ... 300 °C
072 153 073 153 074 153 075 153 THERM: Warning temp. PSx 0 ... 95 ... 300 °C
072 186 073 186 074 186 075 186 THERM: Default CTA PSx -40 ... 40 ... 70 °C
072 183 073 183 074 183 075 183 THERM: Hysteresis trip PSx 2 ... 30 %
072 191 073 191 074 191 075 191 THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx 0.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 min
076 177 077 177 078 177 079 177 THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx Default temp. value /
Last meas.temperat. / Blocked
U-56 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Measured operating data

004 016 THERM: Status THERM replica -25000 ... 25000 / %

Not measured
004 137 THERM: Object temperature -40 ... 300 / Not measured °C
004 149 THERM: Coolant temperature -40 ... 200 / Not measured °C
004 139 THERM: Pre-trip time left 0.0 ... 1000.0 / Min
Not measured
004 017 THERM: Therm. replica p.u. -2.50 ... 2.50 / 100%
Not measured
004 179 THERM: Object temp. p.u. -0.40 ... 3.00 / 100°C
Not measured
004 178 THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. -0.40 ... 2.00 / 100°C
Not measured
004 109 THERM: Temp. offset replica -25000 ... 25000 / %
Not measured
Logic state signals

041 074 THERM: Therm.repl.block EXT No / Yes
038 061 THERM: Reset replica EXT No / Yes
040 068 THERM: Enabled No / Yes
039 061 THERM: Reset replica No / Yes
041 108 THERM: Starting k*Iref> No / Yes
038 062 THERM: CTA error EXT No / Yes
039 025 THERM: Warning No / Yes
039 020 THERM: Trip signal No / Yes
040 035 THERM: Not ready No / Yes
039 024 THERM: Reclosure blocked No / Yes
039 112 THERM: Buffer empty No / Yes
039 111 THERM: CTA error No / Yes
041 109 THERM: Within pre-trip time No / Yes
039 110 Setting error,block. No / Yes
Control and testing

022 061 THERM: Rset.therm.repl.USER don't execute / execute
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-57

(continued)
2.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection (Function Group CBF)
As of version -611 extensive features have been added to the circuit breaker failure
protection, which are described below.
The P139 features the CB failure protection function. After a trip command has been
issued the CBF function monitors that the circuit breaker has actually been triggered.
Enable/disable circuit
breaker failure protection
The parameter C B F : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R is used to enable the function. In
addition to this parameter setting the CBF function may also be enabled/disabled by
operating parameters or through appropriately configured binary signal inputs.
Operating parameters and configured binary signal inputs have equal status. If only the
function C B F : E n a b l e E X T is assigned to a binary signal input, then circuit breaker
protection will be enabled by a positive edge of the input signal and disabled by a
negative edge. If only the function C BF : D i s a b l e EXT has been assigned to a
binary signal input, then a signal at this input will have no effect.
U-58 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Readiness of circuit
breaker protection
Circuit breaker failure protection will not be available under the following conditions:
Circuit breaker failure protection has not been enabled.

Circuit breaker protection is being blocked by an appropriately configured binary
signal input.
All CBF timer stages have been set to "blocked".
CBF: Enabled CBF: Not ready

>1
[ 040 055 ] [ 040 025 ]
&
CBF: Blocking EXT
>1
[ 038 058 ]
CBF: t1 3p
&
[ 022 165 ] Blocked
CBF: t2
[ 022 166 ] Blocked
CBF: Delay/starting trig.
[ 022 155 ] Blocked
CBF: Delay/fault beh. CB
[ 022 171 ] Blocked
CBF: Delay/CB sync.superv
[ 022 172 ] Blocked
19Z6130A_EN
U-8 Signal CBF: N o t r e a d y
Detecting a CB triggering
A break in current flow is the preferred criterion to detect a successful CB triggering.
Protection functions, that have triggering criteria not directly dependent on current flow,
may additionally be provided with status signals from CB auxiliary contacts for
evaluation.
Current flow monitoring

This function is used to detect a break in current flow, i.e. safely, immediately and pole
selectively. The CBF function continuously compares sampled current values with the
set threshold value C BF : I> .
As long as current flow criteria are met the monitoring function will continuously issue the
phase selective signals C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w A, C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w B,
C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w C and the multiple signal C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w Ph x.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-59

(continued)
Evaluation of CB status
signals
Trip signals included in the G e n . tr i p c o m m a n d 1 , which use CB status signals in
addition to current flow monitoring, can be selected with the parameter
CBF: Fct.assignm. CBAux.
Applying CB status signals depends on the type of auxiliary contacts available. The
P139 is capable of checking the following CB status signals for plausibility and
evaluating them:
The CB open signal: MAIN: C B o p e n 3 p E X T

The CB closed signal: MAIN: C B c l o s e d s i g . EXT
The evaluation of the CB status signals is blocked if the configuration of the respective
binary signal inputs or the signal levels are not plausible. This will result in the P139
issuing the signal C BF : C B p o s . i m p l a u s i b l e . Evaluation of current criteria are not
affected by this blocking.
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx yyy ]
U x01
U x02
U x03
U xxx
Address 036 028 &

Address 036 051
CBF: CB pos. implausible
&
[ 038 210 ]
MAIN: CB open 3p EXT
& >1
[ 031 028 ]
MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT
[ 036 051 ]
&
19Z6131A_EN
U-9 Plausibility check of CB status signals
If only one of the two possible CB status signals has been configured, the P139 will
always consider this as plausible.
U-60 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CBF startup criteria

The startup of the circuit breaker failure protection function will occur when the CB is
recognized as closed during a start criterion. The following criteria are evaluated as a
startup criterion:
Internal startup criterion:

Generating the G e n . tr i p s i g n a l 1 is considered a start criterion. In addition it
may be selected, by setting the parameter C B F : S t a r t f o r m a n u a l t r i p , that a
manual trip signal will be used as a start criterion.
Current flow monitoring is the primary evaluation criterion. The CB auxiliary contacts
are evaluated when no current flow is registered and the respective trip signal,
included in the G e n . tr i p c o m m a n d 1 , has been selected from the protection
function in parameter C BF : F c t.a s s i g n m . C BAu x for the evaluation of the CB
auxiliary contacts.
External startup criterion:
Triggering by a protection device operating in parallel (C BF : Sta r t 3 p EXT ) may
be used as a start criterion.
To be on the safe side an additional two pole triggering may be implemented by
applying the signal C BF : Sta r t e n a b l e E X T .
Current flow monitoring is the primary evaluation criterion. The CB auxiliary contacts
are evaluated when no current flow is registered.
Timer stages and output
logic
Associated timer stages are started when a startup criterion is met.
The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l t 1 will be issued if the startup criterion is still present

when the time period, set at timer stage C BF : t1 3p, has elapsed. The output
command from this timer stage is intended for a second CB trip coil.
The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l t 2 will be issued if the startup criterion is still present
when the time period, set at timer stage C BF : t2, has elapsed. The output
command from this timer stage is intended for a backup circuit breaker or protection
system.
These trip signals will be issued as long as the startup criteria are met. Should a loss of
gas pressure occur in the explosion chambers of installed type SF-6 circuit breakers
then all surrounding circuit breakers must be immediately tripped without waiting for a
reaction from the damaged switch. In case of an external CB fault the elapse of timer
stage t2 may be interrupted by a signal to the binary signal input appropriately
configured at C BF : C B fa u l ty EXT .
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-61

(continued)
CBF: Fct.assignm.
CBAux.
[ 022 159 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
Selected signals
CBF: I> >1 &

[ 022 160 ]
&
IA >1 & S 1 1
IB R 1
IC

[ 038 210 ]
MAIN:CB open 3p EXT
>1
[ 031 028 ]
[ 036 051 ]
CBF: Start for
manual trip CBF: Startup 3p
>1 & >1
[ 022 154 ] [ 038 211 ]
0
1 >1 &
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Trip cmd. blocked
& & >1
[ 021 013 ]
MAIN: Gen. trip signal 1
[ 036 005 ]
MAIN: Manual trip signal
[ 034 017 ] &
INP: Fct. assignm.
U xxx
[ xxx yyy ]
U x01
U x02
Ux03
& >1
U xxx
Address 038 209

&
CBF: Enable Start EXT
[ 038 209 ]
CBF: Start 3p EXT
[ 038 205 ]
19Z6132A_EN
U-10 Startup of the circuit breaker failure protection
U-62 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CBF: Not ready CBF: t1 3p

c
[ 040 025 ] [ 022 165 ]
CBF: Startup 3p t 0 CBF: Trip signal t1

[ 038 211 ] [ 038 215 ]
CBF: t2
c
[ 022 166 ]
t 0 CBF: Trip signal t2

>1
[ 038 219 ]
&
CBF: CB faulty EXT
[ 038 234 ]
19Z6133A_EN
U-11 Timer stages of the circuit breaker failure protection
Trip commands
While trip signals issued by the CB failure protection have no timer stages available the
user can set minimum time delay periods for trip commands.
By appropriate setting it can be selected that trip commands, issued by the CB failure
protection, will operate in latching mode. The respective trip command, set to latch
mode, will remain active until reset by operating parameters or through an appropriately
configured binary signal input.
CBF: Min.dur. trip

cmd.t1
[ 022 167 ]
MAIN: Trip cmd. blocked CBF: Trip command t1
t 0 >1
[ 021 013 ] & [ 038 220 ]
CBF: Trip signal t1
>1
[ 038 215 ]
CBF: Latching
trip cmd.t1
[ 022 169 ]
0 & S 1 1
1 R 1
CBF: Min.dur. trip
0: No cmd.t2
1: Yes [ 022 168 ]
CBF: Trip command t2
& t 0 >1
[ 038 224 ]
CBF: Trip signal t2
>1
[ 038 219 ]
CBF: Latching
trip cmd.t2
[ 022 170 ]
0 & S 1 1
1 R 1
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Latch. trip c. reset
[ 040 139 ]
19Z6134A_EN
U-12 Trip commands, issued by the CB failure protection
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-63

(continued)
Starting trigger
The signal C BF : Sta r ti n g will be issued when the signal "Starting trigger" is
presented to an appropriately configured binary signal input and a general starting is
present. The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l will be issued after timer stage
C BF : D e l a y/s ta r ti n g tr i g . has elapsed.
CBF: Delay/
starting trig.
[ 022 155 ]
MAIN: General starting CBF: Trip signal
&
[ 040 000 ] [ 040 026 ]
CBF: Starting trig. EXT CBF: Starting
[ 038 016 ] [ 038 021 ]
19Z6135A_EN
U-13 Starting trigger
Fault behind CB protection

A fault behind a CB is a fault that may occur between a circuit breaker already open and
a CT, which is fed from the remote end.
Fault behind CB protection recognizes such faults through the current criterion if the
circuit breaker does not provide the information that it is closed after the time delay set at
C B F : D e l a y / f a u l t b e h . C B has elapsed.
When such a fault behind CB is recognized the signal C BF : F a u l t b e h . C B is

issued. In such a case the far end circuit breaker may be triggered by an InterMiCOM
protective interface. This may also prevent an unwanted triggering of the circuit breaker
failure function.

[ 038 210 ] CBF: Delay/fault
beh. CB
CBF: I> [ 022 171 ]
[ 022 160 ] t 0 CBF: Fault behind CB
&
[ 038 225 ]
IA >1
IB
IC

>1
[ 031 028 ]
[ 036 051 ]
19Z6136A_EN
U-14 Fault behind CB protection
U-64 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CB synchronization
supervision
CB synchronization supervision recognizes states where not all circuit breaker contacts
are open or closed. This function uses both current flow monitoring and evaluation of
CB status signals to detect CB synchronization. In order to bridge CB operate times the
time delay C B F : D e l a y / C B s y n c h . s u p e r v can be used. When this time period has
elapsed the signal C BF : T r i p Si g C B s yn c h .s u p e r is issued. Poles that are
recognized as being "open" will still be signaled.

[ 038 210 ]
[ 031 028 ] >1
CBF: Delay/CB
MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT sync.superv
[ 036 051 ] [ 022 172 ]
CBF: TripSig CBsync.super
CBF: I> & t 0 [ 038 226 ]
[ 022 160 ]
IA >1
IB
IC
<3
CBF: CBsync.superv A open

&
[ 038 227 ]
CBF: CBsync.superv B open

&
[ 038 228 ]
CBF: CBsync.superv C open

&
[ 038 229 ]
19Z6137A_EN
U-15 CB synchronization supervision
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-65

(continued)
2.7.2 Address List
056 007 CBF: Function group CBF Without / With
Function Parameters,
General Functions
022 154 CBF: Start for manual trip No / Yes
022 080 CBF: Enabled No / Yes

022 159 CBF: Fct.assignm. CBAux. Selection table
Trip command 1
022 160 CBF: I> 0.05 ... 1.00 ... 20.00 Inom
022 165 CBF: t1 3p 0.00 ... 0.15 ... 100.00 / s

Blocked
022 166 CBF: t2 0.00 ... 0.25 ... 100.00 / s
Blocked
022 167 CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t1 0.10 ... 0.25 ... 10.00 s
022 168 CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t2 0.10 ... 0.25 ... 10.00 s
022 169 CBF: Latching trip cmd.t1 No / Yes
022 170 CBF: Latching trip cmd.t2 No / Yes
022 155 CBF: Delay/starting trig. 0.00 ... 100.00 / Blocked s
022 171 CBF: Delay/fault beh. CB 0.00 ... 0.12 ... 100.00 / s
Blocked
022 172 CBF: Delay/CB sync.superv 0.00 ... 100.00 / Blocked S
U-66 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Logic state signals

038 009 CBF: Ready No / Yes
038 211 CBF: Startup 3p No / Yes
038 016 CBF: Starting trig. EXT No / Yes
038 058 CBF: Blocking EXT No / Yes
038 041 CBF: Enable EXT No / Yes
038 042 CBF: Disable EXT No / Yes
040 055 CBF: Enabled No / Yes
040 025 CBF: Not ready No / Yes
040 026 CBF: Trip signal No / Yes
038 021 CBF: Starting No / Yes
038 040 CBF: Ext./user enabled No / Yes
038 205 CBF: Start 3p EXT No / Yes
038 209 CBF: Start enable EXT No / Yes
038 210 CBF: CB pos. implausible No / Yes
038 215 CBF: Trip signal t1 No / Yes
038 219 CBF: Trip signal t2 No / Yes
038 220 CBF: Trip command t1 No / Yes
038 224 CBF: Trip command t2 No / Yes
038 225 CBF: Fault behind CB No / Yes
038 226 CBF: TripSig CBsync.super No / Yes
038 227 CBF: CBsync.superv A open No / Yes
038 228 CBF: CBsync.superv B open No / Yes
038 229 CBF: CBsync.superv C open No / Yes
038 230 CBF: Current flow A No / Yes
038 231 CBF: Current flow B No / Yes
038 232 CBF: Current flow C No / Yes
038 233 CBF: Current flow Phx No / Yes
038 234 CBF: CB faulty EXT No / Yes
Control and Testing

003 016 CBF: Enable USER don't execute / execute
003 015 CBF: Disable USER don't execute / execute
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-67

(continued)
2.8 Circuit Breaker Monitoring (Function Group CBM)
As of version –610 the P139 features a circuit breaker monitoring function. This function
supports state controlled maintenance of circuit breakers.
Enable/disable circuit
breaker monitoring
Circuit breaker monitoring may be disabled or enabled by setting parameters.
Operation
Manufacturers of circuit breakers usually provide wear characteristics displaying the
maximum number of permissible CB operations in relation to the disconnection current.
Figure U-16 displays the wear characteristics for a circuit breaker with a nominal current
of 2000 A and a maximum disconnection current of 63 kA. The medium disconnection
current is 48 kA.
100000
Number of permissible CB operations
10000
1000
100
10
0,1 1 10 100
Disconnection current in kA 19Z6123A_EN
U-16: Wear characteristics for a circuit breaker
U-68 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The knee points in figure U-16 are necessary to set the wear characteristic for the circuit
breaker:
The nominal current C BM : In o m ,C B for the circuit breaker and the permitted
number of CB operations at nominal current C BM : Pe r m . C B o p . In o m ,C B
The medium disconnection current C BM : M e d . C u r r . Itr i p ,C B for the circuit
breaker and the permitted number of CB operations at medium disconnection current
CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB
The maximum disconnection current C BM : M a x. c u r r . Itr i p ,C B for the circuit
breaker and the permitted number of CB operations at maximum disconnection
current C B M : P e r m . C B o p . I m a x , C B
Not all types of circuit breakers have the medium disconnection current available. In
such a case the parameters for this knee point are to be set to "blocked". A knee point is
not considered in the characteristic when at least one of the parameters for the knee
points is set to "blocked".
For proper performance of circuit breaker monitoring it should be observed that the knee
points must be applied in a logically correct sequence (continuously descending). When
setting currents and numbers of CB operations are not plausible according to the
characteristic the P139 will issue an error message and block circuit breaker monitoring.
Calculating the CB wear

state
The current wear state of the circuit breaker is given as the number of remaining CB
operations at nominal current conditions. The number of remaining CB operations
nrem(Inom,CB) is calculated and displayed phase selectively and after each disconnection
by the P139. Calculation is per this equation:
n(Inom,CB )
nrem (Inom,CB ) = nrem,0 (Inom,CB ) −
n(Id,CB )
With:
Inom,CB: Nominal current for the CB

n(Inom,CB): Max permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB
Id,CB: Disconnection current
n(Id,CB): Permitted number of CB operations at Id,CB according to wear
characteristics
nrem,0(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB before
disconnection
nrem,(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB after
disconnection
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-69

(continued)
Operating modes
Setting the parameter C B M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e will select the condition under which
the function will be triggered:
with trip cmd. only:

Function is triggered only by the general trip command 1
w i t h C B s i g . E X T only:
Function is triggered by the CB open signal generated by an auxiliary contact
CB sig. EXT or trip:
Function is triggered by the general trip command 1 or the CB open signal generated
by an auxiliary contact
Measured values and counters are re-determined with each triggering and compared
with set threshold values.
A correction value can be set in order to determine the trip time

C BM : C o r r . a c q u i s . ti m e . This enables proper evaluation of leading or lagging
mapping contacts or the delay period between forming of the trip command and opening
of the CB contacts.
Linking control functions

with the trip command
With the P139, the trip command from the control function can be linked with the general
trip command 1 of the protection, when setting external devices. In such a case the trip
command from the control function must be associated by the parameter
C BM : Si g . a s g . T r i p c m d . so that operational trip commands, issued to the circuit
breaker by the control function, are considered additionally to the general trip
command 1.
CBM: Sig. asg. trip

cmd.
[ 022 152 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
Selected signals >1 CBM: Internal trip cmd
MAIN: Gen. trip command 1

[ 036 071 ]
19Z6124A_EN
U-17 Forming the linked trip command
The external devices status signal "open" may be linked to the control function status
signal "open" by setting the parameter C BM : Si g . a s g . T r i p c m d . so that the
function in the P139 will be triggered by CB auxiliary contacts.
U-70 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
MAIN: Sig. asg.

CB open
[ 021 017 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
Selected signals >1 MAIN: Internal trip cmd
MAIN: CB Open 3P Ext

[ 031 028 ]
19Z6125A_EN
U-18 Forming the linked "open" status signal
Pole selective counter

values and measured
values
The P139 separately evaluates each phase current and generates an individual wear
presentation for each CB pole.
The following counter values are presented pole selectively:
Number of CB operations made, without consideration of disconnection currents

Number of remaining CB operations at CB nominal current
The following measured values are presented pole selectively, and per-unit values refer
to CB nominal current:
Primary disconnection current

Per-unit disconnection current
Second power of the per-unit disconnection current
Sum of the per-unit disconnection currents
Sum of the second power of the per-unit disconnection currents
Current-time integral of the per-unit disconnection current
Sum of the current-time integrals of the per-unit disconnection currents
The disconnection current is derived from the RMS current value detected before a last
zero crossing.
The integral of the current-time area is calculated between the trip time and current breaking-off. Current breaking-off
is recognized when there are no further current zero crossings detected. An example for calculation of the current-time
integral is displayed in figure U-19.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-71

(continued)
20,00
15,00
10,00
5,00
0,00
-5,00
-10,00
-15,00
-20,00 Berechnung des Strom - Zeit - Integrals
General trip command 1
Correction time running
19Z6126A_EN
U-19 Calculation of the current-time integral when CBM is triggered by a general trip command 1
Resetting measured values

Measured values from the respective last CB tripping may be reset via the interfaces on
the device. Accumulated measured values are not affected by such a reset operation.
Setting measured values

Setting measured values in the circuit breaker monitoring function is necessary when the
respective CB has already been exposed to operating conditions or has been replaced.
The available interfaces on the device may be used to set measured values in the circuit
breaker monitoring function.
Note: Only such measured values and counter values in the P139 may be set to
new values that do not have their default values set to "blocked".
The stored value will remain unchanged if the default value is set to "blocked".
Executing the set command results in initializing all default values in the P139
to "blocked".
U-72 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
MAIN: Protection active c

&
306 001
CBM: Enabled
CBM: Operating mode
[ 044 130 ]
[ 022 007 ]
0: with trip cmd. only

1: with CB sig.EXT only
2: CB sig.EXT or trip
CBM: Blocked
c
[ 044 199 ]
& >1 c CBM: Inom,CB

CBM: Internal trip cmd [ 022 012 ]
MAIN: Inom C.T. prim.
& [ 010 001 ]
CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB
[ 022 013 ]
& CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB
>1 [ 022 014 ]
MAIN: Internal CB trip CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB
[ 022 015 ]
CBM: Max. curr. Itrip,CB
fnom [ 022 016 ]
Ix CBM: Perm. CB op. Imax,CB
[ 022 017 ]
CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB
[ 022 013 ]
c CBM: Itrip x
R [ * ]
CBM: Set No. CB oper. x
[ * ]
CBM: I*t x
CBM: Set remain. CB op. x
[ * ] R [ * ]
CBM: Set –Itrip x
[ * ] CBM: Itrip,prim Lx
CBM: Set –Itrip**2 x R [ * ]
[ * ]
CBM: Set –I*t x CBM: Itrip**2 x
[ * ] R [ * ]
CBM: –Itrip x
S [ * ]
CBM: –Itrip**2 x
S [ * ]
CBM: –I*t x
S
[ * ]
CBM: No. of CB oper. x

S [ * ]
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. x

S
[ * ]
CBM: Initialize values
[ 003 011 ]
CBM: Reset meas. values
[ 003 013 ]
Phase x / Current Ix CBM: Set No. CB CBM: Set remain. CBM: Set –Itrip x CBM: Set CBM: Set –I*t x CBM: No. of CB CBM: Remain. No.
oper. x CB op. x –Itrip**2 x oper. x CB op. x
A / IA 022 131 022 134 022 137 022 140 022 143 008 011 008 014
B / IB 022 132 022 135 022 138 022 141 022 144 008 012 008 015
C / IC 022 133 022 136 022 139 022 142 022 145 008 013 008 016
Phase x / Current Ix CBM: Itrip x CBM: I*t x CBM: Itrip,prim Lx CBM: Itrip**2 x CBM: –Itrip x CBM: –Itrip**2 x CBM: –I*t x
A / IA 009 047 009 061 009 212 009 051 009 071 009 077 009 087
B/ IB 009 048 009 062 009 213 009 052 009 073 009 078 009 088
C / IC 009 049 009 063 009 214 009 053 009 076 009 079 009 089
19Z6120A_EN
U-20 Triggering and calculating circuit breaker monitoring
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-73

(continued)
Monitoring the number of

CB operations
Depending on the selected operating mode the P139 will calculate the current wear state
of the circuit breaker after each disconnection. The number of remaining CB operations
at CB nominal current are calculated and displayed. A threshold value can be set with
the parameter C B M : N o . C B o p e r a t i o n s < . An alarm is issued should the number
of remaining CB operations drop below this threshold.
CBM: Remain No. CB

c op. <
[ 022 020 ]
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. A CBM: Sig. Rem. No.CB op.<
>1
[ 008 014 ] [ 044 136 ]
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. B

[ 008 015 ]
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. C

[ 008 016 ]
19Z6121A_EN
U-21 Monitoring the remaining number of CB operations at nominal current
At the same time each switching operation will increment the P139 counter for the
number of CB operations The number of CB operations made is displayed. A threshold
value can be set with the parameter C B M : N o . C B o p e r a t i o n s > . An alarm is
issued should the number of CB operations made exceed this threshold.
CBM: No. CB
c operations >
[ 022 019 ]
CBM: No. of CB oper. A CBM: Sig. No. CB op. >

>1
[ 008 011 ] [ 044 135 ]
CBM: No. of CB oper. B

[ 008 012 ]
CBM: No. of CB oper. C

[ 008 013 ]
19Z6122A_EN
U-22 Monitoring the number of CB operations made
U-74 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Monitoring disconnected
currents
In addition to the evaluation of the CB wear state and monitoring of the number of CB
operations made, the P139 features the means to accumulate and display disconnection
current values and the second power of these values. Threshold values can be set with
the parameters C BM : Σ I t r i p > , C BM : Σ I t r i p * * 2 > and C BM : Σ I * t . An alarm is
issued should the accumulated current values exceed any of these thresholds.
Blocking circuit breaker

monitoring
When protection injection testing is carried out the circuit breaker monitoring function
should be blocked, so that such testing does not corrupt monitoring results. CBM
protection is blocked if one of the following conditions is met:
Circuit breaker monitoring is blocked by parameters.

Circuit breaker monitoring is blocked by an appropriately configured binary signal
input.
CBM: General enable USER CBM: Blocked

&
[ 022 010 ] [ 044 199 ]
CBM: Blocking USER
>1
[ 022 150 ]
CBM: Blocking EXT
[ 044 128 ]
46Z5033A_EN
U-23 Blocking circuit breaker monitoring
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-75

(continued)
2.8.2 Address List
056 062 CBM: Function group CBM Without / With
Function Parameters,
General Functions
022 152 CBM: Sig. asg. trip cmd. Selected signals

022 010 CBM: Enabled No / Yes
022 150 CBM: Blocking USER No / Yes
022 007 CBM: Operating mode with Trip cmd. only /

with CB sig.EXT only /
CB sig.EXT or trip
022 012 CBM: Inom,CB 1 ... 2000 ... 65000 A
022 013 CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB 1 ... 30000 ... 65000
022 014 CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB 1 ... 65000 / Blocked A
022 015 CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB 1 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 016 CBM: Max. curr. Itrip,CB 1 ... 63000 ... 65000 A
022 017 CBM: Perm. CB op. Imax,CB 1 ... 20 ... 65000
022 019 CBM: No. CB operations > 1 ... 10000 ... 65000
022 020 CBM: Remain No. CB op. < 1 ... 1000 ... 65000
022 022 CBM: ΣItrip> 1 ... 1000 ... 65000 Inom,CB
022 081 CBM: ΣItrip**2> 1 ... 1000 ... 65000 Inom,CB**2
022 096 CBM: ΣI*t> 1 ... 1000 ... 4000 kAs
022 018 CBM: Corr. acquis. time 0.001 ... 0.000 ... 0.200 s
Logic state signals

044 128 CBM: Blocking EXT No / Yes
044 130 CBM: Enabled No / Yes
044 205 CBM: Cycle running A No / Yes
044 206 CBM: Cycle running B No / Yes
044 207 CBM: Cycle running C No / Yes
044 199 CBM: Blocked No / Yes
044 135 CBM: Sig. No. CB op. > No / Yes
044 136 CBM: Sig. Rem. No.CB op.< No / Yes
044 137 CBM: Signal ΣItrip> No / Yes
044 138 CBM: Signal ΣItrip**2> No / Yes
044 139 CBM: Signal ΣI*t> No / Yes
044 177 CBM: tmax> A No / Yes
044 178 CBM: tmax> B No / Yes
044 179 CBM: tmax> C No / Yes
044 201 CBM: Curr. flow ended A No / Yes
044 202 CBM: Curr. flow ended B No / Yes
044 203 CBM: Curr. flow ended C No / Yes
044 204 CBM: Setting error CBM No / Yes
U-76 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Control and Testing

003 011 CBM: Initialize values don't execute / execute
003 013 CBM: Reset meas. values don't execute / execute
022 131 CBM: Set No. CB oper. A 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 132 CBM: Set No. CB oper. B 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 133 CBM: Set No. CB oper. C 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 134 CBM: Set remain. CB op. A 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 135 CBM: Set remain. CB op. B 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 136 CBM: Set remain. CB op. C 0 ... 65000 / Blocked
022 137 CBM: Set ΣItrip A 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,CB
022 138 CBM: Set ΣItrip B 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,CB
022 139 CBM: Set ΣItrip C 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,CB
022 140 CBM: Set ΣItrip**2 A 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,LS**2
022 141 CBM: Set ΣItrip**2 B 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,LS**2
022 142 CBM: Set ΣItrip**2 C 0 ... 65000 / Blocked Inom,LS**2
022 143 CBM: Set ΣI*t A 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked kAs
022 144 CBM: Set ΣI*t B 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked kAs
022 145 CBM: Set ΣI*t C 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked kAs
Event counters
008 011 CBM: No. of CB oper. A 0 ... 65000
008 012 CBM: No. of CB oper. B 0 ... 65000
008 013 CBM: No. of CB oper. C 0 ... 65000
008 014 CBM: Remain. No. CB op. A 0 ... 65000
008 015 CBM: Remain. No. CB op. B 0 ... 65000
008 016 CBM: Remain. No. CB op. C 0 ... 65000
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 U-77

(continued)
Measured event data

009 212 CBM: Itrip,prim A 0 ... 65000 / Not measured A
009 213 CBM: Itrip,prim B 0 ... 65000 / Not measured A
009 214 CBM: Itrip,prim C 0 ... 65000 / Not measured A
009 047 CBM: Itrip A 0.00 ... 100.00 / Inom,CB

Not measured
009 048 CBM: Itrip B 0.00 ... 100.00 / Inom,CB
Not measured
009 049 CBM: Itrip C 0.00 ... 100.00 / Inom,CB
Not measured
009 051 CBM: Itrip**2 A 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Inom,LS**
Not measured
009 052 CBM: Itrip**2 B 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Inom,LS**
Not measured
009 053 CBM: Itrip**2 C 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Inom,LS**
Not measured
009 071 CBM: ΣItrip A 0 ... 65000 Inom,CB
009 073 CBM: ΣItrip B 0 ... 65000 Inom,CB
009 076 CBM: ΣItrip C 0 ... 65000 Inom,CB
009 077 CBM: ΣItrip**2 A 0 ... 65000 Inom,LS**2
009 078 CBM: ΣItrip**2 B 0 ... 65000 Inom,LS**2
009 079 CBM: ΣItrip**2 C 0 ... 65000 Inom,LS**2
009 061 CBM: I*t A 0 ... 60000 / Not measured As
009 062 CBM: I*t B 0 ... 60000 / Not measured As
009 063 CBM: I*t C 0 ... 60000 / Not measured As
009 087 CBM: ΣI*t A 0.0 ... 4000.0 kAs
009 088 CBM: ΣI*t B 0.0 ... 4000.0 kAs
009 089 CBM: ΣI*t C 0.0 ... 4000.0 kAs
U-78 P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611 Ä-79
Publication: P139/EN AD/A77 (AFSV.12.09690.D)

MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay
Control
Version: P139 -306 -408/409/410 -611
Î P139 -307 -411/412/413 -612
Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/A88
(AFSV.12.09950.D)
P139 -612 Upgrade Description
Contents
1 Overview U-5
2 Functional Details U-9

2.1 Detachable HMI U-9
2.1.1 Address List U-11
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612 U-3

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing
features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical
Manual and Upgrade Documentation listed below.
References
Released Version Documentation
28.11.2003 P139-304-405/406/407-605 Technical Manual
AFSV.12.09450/1 EN
07.11.2005 P139-306-408/409/410-611 Upgrade Documentation
AFSV.12.09660 EN
U-4 P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139-306-408/409/410-611- This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific
706 and only available on request!
Release: 21.12.2005
Hardware No modifications
Software
ASC Bug fixing:
When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control
of an external device and a close command was issued to this external
device from the local control panel, the external device was always
blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when
the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection
and control unit.
707
Release: 16.02.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes
of the parameter I E C : D E V c o n t r o l m o d e l (221 081) now starts
with a '1' instead of a '0'.
INP The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to
suppress external interference.
709
Release: 05.10.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control
access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and
control unit.
Bug fixing:
If a 'Select' or 'Operate' command for an external device, in which the
interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and
control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612 U-5

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-307-411/412/413-612 Hardware As an ordering option for the 40TE and 84TE model versions there is
now a variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is
always supplied with a case width of 40TE. The freely configurable LED
indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color
LEDs.
The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST
connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with
10 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect
the detachable HMI.
P139.411 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
P132.412 (for 40TE case,
transformer module: ring-terminal connection;
other modules: pin-terminal connection)
P139.413 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
DVICE Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" these additional Device
Identification parameters are now available:
D V I C E : S W ve r s i o n D H M I (002 131)
D V I C E : S W ve r s i o n D H M I D M (002 132)
LOC Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" this additional Device
Identification parameter is now available:
L O C : L o c a l H M I exists (221 099).
Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel:
C O U N T : C o u n t 1 (217 100).
COMM1 When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used,
the message C O M M 1 : Bu ffe r o ve r r u n (221 100) is issued when an
internal buffer overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has
occurred.
U-6 P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
Version Changes
IEC Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to
logged-on clients with the parameter
I E C : T C P k e e p - a l i v e t i m e r (104 062). This active monitoring now
replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter
IEC : In a c ti vi ty ti m e r (104 050).
Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time,
activated by parameter IEC : Sw i tc h .d a yl .s a v.ti m e (104 219).
Switchover times for the automatic switch to daylight saving time are
governed by the following settings:
IEC : D a yl .s a v.ti m e s ta r t (104 220)
IEC : D a yl .s a v.ti m e s t. d (104 221)
IEC : D a yl .s a v.ti m e s t. m (104 222)
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + (104 223)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end (104 225)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d (104 226)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m (104 227)
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ (104 228)
A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization.
Should no answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next
request is automatically transferred to the second SNTP server (backup
function).
IEC : SN T P s e r ve r 1 IP (104 202)
IEC : SN T P s e r ve r 2 IP (104 210)
Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish
a communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network,
now only the setting of the gateway address is required via
I E C : G a t e w a y a d d r e s s (104 011).
Now 'unbuffered reports' are available for all logical nodes.
GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via
G O O SE: VL AN Pr i o r i ty (106 007).
The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value
G O O SE: D a ta Se t R e fe r e n c e (106 008).
INP Bug fixing:
The input signal M AIN : M a n . T r i p c m d . EXT (037 018) did not
operate when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or
GOOSE and triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a
binary signal input operated correctly.)
LED The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the
operating mode LED flashing.
Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently
configured LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via
configuration parameters and physical state signals.
The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the variant with a
detachable HMI may now be assigned two signals, each with a different
color (red or green). If both assigned signals are active the resulting
LED color will be 'amber' (yellow).
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612 U-7

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN The parameter MAIN: T i m e T a g (221 098) has replaced the previous
parameter M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (217 083). In addition
there is a third operating mode available for selection.
COUNT The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer
required.
710
Release: 14.12.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control
access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and
control unit.
712 and
P139-306-408/409/410-611-
711
Release: 14.02.2007
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur
after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE
are not affected.
U-8 P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
2 Functional Details
2.1 Detachable HMI
Application
As a further option in the model versions there is now a variant available that includes a
detachable HMI. This variant is especially designed for applications where protection
and control units are directly installed into bay panels situated in medium-voltage
substations and, because of constructural constraints, there is only limited space
available. The detachable HMI with its small dimensions may be fitted here in a
convenient spot and at an ergonomic height.
Detachable HMI
The detachable HMI is mounted in a 40TE case and provides an integrated local control
panel and a PC interface for configuration and operation of the protection and control
unit. To connect the detachable HMI to the protection and control unit, standard RJ45
cables (Ethernet cable, length max. 10 m) may be used. A 3 m standard RJ45 Ethernet
cable is included with the shipment.
A connection to the detachable HMI may be established or separated at any time as the
detachable HMI is recognized automatically and completely.
Basic unit
For the detachable HMI option, the basic unit is available with case widths of 40TE or
84TE in either a flush-mounted or a surface-mounted case and is provided in several
variants for an effortless adaptation to meet local operating conditions. The front plate
includes 4 LED indicators for display purposes as well as the RJ45 interface to connect
the detachable HMI.
Operation without the

detachable HMI
The function of the protection and control unit is fully guaranteed even when the
detachable HMI is not connected or the communication link between detachable HMI
and the basic unit is interrupted. In such a case the basic unit is accessed via its PC
interface. The function parameters for the local control panel and for LED indicators
available only on the detachable HMI are automatically hidden in this event.
LED indicators on the

detachable HMI
The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI offer multi-color
function assignment. Separate function assignments with a red and a green LED
indicator are available. When both the red and the green LED indicators are
simultaneously active the resulting color will be amber (yellow).
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612 U-9

(continued)
49Z6201A_
U-1 Basic unit with flush-mounted 40TE case and detachable HMI – front views
49Z6202A_
U-2 Detachable HMI – rear view
U-10 P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
2.1.1 Address List
Device Identification
002 131 DVICE: SW version DHMI 0.00 ... 655.35
002 132 DVICE: SW version DHMI DM 0.00 ... 655.35
221.099 LOC: Local HMI exists No / Yes
085 184 LED: Fct.assig. H 1 green MAIN: Healthy
085 001 LED: Fct.assig. H 2 yell. MAIN: Blocked/Faulty
085 004 LED: Fct.assig. H 3 yell. SFMON: Warning (LED)
085 007 LED: Fct.assig. H 4 red According to the selection

table for LEDs
085 057 LED: Fct.assig. H 4 green According to the selection
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
085 025 LED: Fct.assig. H10 red According to the selection
table for LEDs
085 075 LED: Fct.assig. H10 green According to the selection
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
085 031 LED: Fct.assig. H12 rot According to the selection
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
table for LEDs
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612 U-11

(continued)
085 185 LED: Fct.assig. H17 red LOC: Edit mode
085 182 LED: Operating mode H 1 ES updating
085 008 LED: Operating mode H 4 According to the selected

operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
operating mode
U-12 P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

Publication: P139/EN AD/A88 (AFSV.12.09950.D)

Publication: P139/EN M/A88 – VOL. 1/2


p139 - en - M - A88 - Vol2-353 Page Connection PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

p139 - en - M - A88 - Vol2-353 Page Connection PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

MiCOM P139

C List of Bay Types

D Terminal Connection Diagrams

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 AP-1

B List of Signals B-1

AP-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

C List of Bay Types C-1

D1 Terminal Connection Diagrams D-1

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 AP-3

E 4.25 Selection Table K99 E-380

E5 Possible Entries into Memory E-449

F Upgrade Documentation F-1

AP-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-1

A-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

To obtain more space for representing a group of

There is no functional linkage between elements whose

There exists at least one logical link between elements

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-3

Settable control block

Settable control block with function blocks

A-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Dynamic input with negation

The number in the symbol may be replaced by any

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-5

t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values

Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flip-

The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be

Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

A-6 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse

Band pass filter

Signal level converter

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-7

Phase identifiers for current inputs:

Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

Item identifiers for current transformers:

A-8 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-9

A4 Examples of Signal Names

Signal Name Description

A-10 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

V Voltage, potential difference

Z Modulus of complex impedance

Ω Unit of electrical resistance

ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 A-11

B 1 Internal Signal Names

Internal signal names are not coded by an external address.

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-1

Internal Signal Names Figure

B-2 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-3

Internal Signal Names Figure

B-4 P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33 B-5

B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101

B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)

x Point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration

x Multiple point-to-point configuration Multipoint-star configuration